• Skip to main content

Christopher L. Scott

  • Home
  • About
  • Articles
  • Videos
  • Free Resources
  • Podcast

Christopher L. Scott

Room for the Redeemer (Luke 2:1-7)

December 23, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The original Apple Mac engineering team used to wear t-shirts that said, “Working 90 Hours a Week and Loving It.” Facebook programmers are known to pull all-nighters in the office in which they order dinner as the sun sets then order breakfast as the sun rises. According to a report from an international labor organization, American employees work more hours than anyone in the industrialized world, we work longer days, and use less vacation time.[1] One study in 2013 showed US employees forfeited more than 52 billion dollars worth of paid vacation time.[2]

            Why work so much and so hard? Americans are busy. We’ve got jobs, production quotas, projects, deadlines, reviews, and sales quotas. We are busy, busy, busy. And the time when Jesus was about to be born was a busy time too because of a census ordered by Augustus.

            “Now in those days a decree went out from Caesar Augustus, that a census be taken of all the inhabited earth. This was the first census taken while Quirinius was governor of Syria” (Luke 2:1–2).[3] This census was decreed by the Roman Emperor, “Caesar Augustus”[4] and was a registration for citizens to assess taxes. This meant “everyone was on his way to register for the census, each to his own city” (Luke 2:3). At that time approximately 8 million Jews lived in the Roman Empire.[5] Joseph and Mary were among millions of Jews traveling for the census. “Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, to Judea, to the city of David which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and family of David, in order to register along with Mary, who was engaged to him, and was with child” (Luke 2:4–5).[6]

The people of Bethlehem probably did not have space to accommodate all the people going there to register for the census. Most middle-class housing in Bethlehem had one large common area, rooms for the family, and often a guest room for travelers. Homes often had a lower level section built into the side of a hill and animals would be kept there (or in a cave).[7]

            Luke is showing us how a Roman Emperor makes a decree, lots of commotion happens, and then when it’s time for Jesus to be born, there’s no room for them in the common places guests would stay. Luke writes, “While they were there, the days were completed for her to give birth. And she gave birth to her firstborn son; and she wrapped Him in cloths, and laid Him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn” (Luke 2:6–7). Because there were no guest rooms available, the child was placed in a room where animals normally stayed. He was born there and placed in a manger (a watering trough for animals) and wrapped in strips of clothing to keep his body straight and warm.

            Like those people in Bethlehem, you and I have our own stuff going on. We’ve got cookies to bake, a house to clean, trips to Wal-Mart for shopping, a ham to prepare, a career to keep moving on track, and gifts to wrap.

            There was no room for Jesus in Bethlehem, but is there room for Him in our hearts and our lives? Does He get a portion of our time everyday when we read His Word? Does He receive uninterrupted communication with us in prayer? Does He have a say in the decisions we are considering making? Does He get our attention only when we desperately need Him for something? Does He hear from us only when we have a prayer that we need answered?

            More than 2,000 years ago there was no room for Jesus Christ, but I pray that we have room for Him in our lives. Whether we make room for Him the first time by placing our faith in Him, or instead making more room for Him in how we use our time and energy and money. This Christmas let’s make room for the Redeemer.


[1] Ruth Whippman, America the Anxious: How Our Pursuit of Happiness Is Creating a Nation of Nervous Wrecks (New York, NY: St. Martin’s Press, 2016), p. 96, fn 4.

[2] Ruth Whippman, America the Anxious: How Our Pursuit of Happiness Is Creating a Nation of Nervous Wrecks (New York, NY: St. Martin’s Press, 2016), p. 96, fn 5.

[3] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[4] Emperor of Rome, Octavian, later became known as “Caesar Augustus” is the person Luke names here. He reigned 27 BC to AD 14. He was known for having a peaceful reign over the Roman Empire. He’s the man that said it was better to be Herod’s pig than to be Herod’s son (Macrobius, Saturnalia 2.4.11, AD 400).

[5] Darrell Bock, Studying the Historical Jesus (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2002), 109.

[6] Bethlehem was the birthplace of David and location where David was anointed king of Israel by Samuel (1 Sam 16:1). This trip from Nazareth to Bethlehem would have been 70 miles in a straight line, but as long as 90 miles if the avoided the Samaritans in the area of Samaria. People at that time could travel about 20mi a day, so this was a 4-5day trip depending on the route they took (Darrell Bock, Studying the Historical Jesus, 113).

[7] The Grk word, “κατάλυμα” suggests that a formal inn is not in view here. Lk uses the term in 22:11 for a guestroom of a house. Then in Luke 10:34 Luke uses another term to describe a formal inn. See, κατάλυμα refers to some type of a reception room in a private home or some type of a public shelter.

Filed Under: Articles for Advent

Joy Not Fear (Luke 1:11-13a, 30, 65; 2:9-10)

December 22, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Many of us have fear in our lives.We fear for our family when they travel on the roads. We fear we might receive an unexpected bill or house repair that we can’t pay for. We fear we might lose our job or get laid off. We fear for our children as they grow up that they don’t drift away from God. We fear that our health might turn for the worst.

            We even see fear in the bible. When Zacharias was in the temple burning incense as an offering to God “an angel appeared to Him” (Luke 1:11, NASB)[1] and the text says that, “Zacharias was troubled when he saw the angel, and fear gripped him” (Luke 1:12, emphasis added). When Elizabeth was going to name her baby John and her neighbors said she shouldn’t name him that, God allowed Zacharias to speak again after nine months of being mute. When he spoke, “Fear came upon all those living around them” (Luke 1:65, emphasis added). When Jesus was born an angel of the Lord appeared before some shepherds that were staying out in the fields. The Bible tells us that these shepherds out in the country were “terribly frightened” (Luke 2:9)

            But these people are told not to be afraid. When that angel appeared to Zacharias in the temple and he was afraid the first four words that the angel said to him was “Do not be afraid” (Luke 1:13a). When the angel Gabriel went to Mary to tell her she would be pregnant and have a child, Gabriel said four words to her, “Do not be afraid” (Luke 1:30). When the angel of the Lord appeared to those shepherds the first four words he said was, “Do not be afraid” (Luke 2:10).

            Those are reminders for us not to have fear in our lives. Last year in April I read some of Max Lucado’s book, Anxious for Nothing: Finding Calm in a Chaotic World. (A good title but a tough thing to do.) I brought that book with me to Moses Lake in April of 2021 when I was a pastoral candidate for Lakeview Missionary Church. My fear went to a new level that week. I was traveling to a place I had never been, to be at a church I had never seen, to preach to people I did not know. All while flying on an airplane for the first time with my three-year old son. And while here I had to face questions and fears in my own life: Are these people going to like me? What will they think about my preaching? Are they willing to have me come and lead the church? Will they think my jokes are funny?

            And I know you too, have your own fears you are dealing with right now. “All these people are coming to my home for Christmas, am I going to get sick?” “I worked really hard to pick out a meaningful gift, will he or she like it.” “My cooking is never as good as hers is, will someone make another comment about my cooking?” “I’m not married or don’t have kids, are people going to ask me again this year why and what am I supposed to say?”  “I miss my spouse, parents, or children, and I don’t know how I can get through the holiday season without them?”

            Those are all legitimate things to be afraid about. But in that book, Anxious for Nothing, Max Lucado writes, “God has never promised a life with no storms. But he has promised to be there when we face them.”[2] At Christmas we celebrate that Christ came to earth to be with us. So at Christmas this year let’s have joy, not fear. If for only one day, or one evening, or even one hour at church on Saturday for the Christmas Eve service. Let’s have joy, not fear. In Warren Wiersbe’s book, The Bumps Are What You Climb On, he writes, “Joy is the birthright of every believer. Knowing that you are saved, one of God’s children, forgiven, going to heaven, is a source of endless joy.”[3] So let’s have joy, not fear, because the Savior is here.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Max Lucado, Anxious for Nothing (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2017), 112.

[3] Warren Wiersbe, The Bumps Are What You Climb On (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2002), 137.

Filed Under: Articles for Advent

Giving Forgiveness at Christmas (Acts 20:34; Phlm 17; Col 1:20)

December 21, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

“What do you think, Christopher?” a notoriously divisive family member asked me. I would not take the bait this time. I had been down this path with her in previous family gatherings. She’s nice and cordial in conversation, but when you share your contrary opinion with her, the boxing bell dings and she’s ready to fight.

            Thus far, I had kept my mouth shut as she shared her thoughts on this subject. No topic was off-limits for her: politics, gender, world religion, race, family roles, etc. I had shared nothing with her, yet. But this time, she seemed sincerely interested in my opinion. She genuinely wanted to know what I thought about what she had shared.

            So I shared my opinion, which was contrary to hers, in the nicest and most polite way possible. But I should have known better. Here came the hammer to crush my feelings and tell me I was wrong, super wrong.

            My mom and dad were in the room when the conversation took the harsh turn. They knew what she said and how she said it was inappropriate and harsh. Later both tried to console me and encourage me it was okay.

            To their surprise, I wasn’t shaken by the interaction. Why? Receiving Jesus’s forgiveness means I forgive others. Jesus came to earth and forgave my wrongs. What a gift!

            In fact, Christmas time is the best time to give forgiveness. Christmas is the celebration of when Jesus came to earth—when God gave his son to the world—to forgive all people of their sins.

            Paul told us, “In everything I showed you that by working hard in this manner you must help the weak and remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He Himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive’” (Acts 20:35, NASB).

            Paul’s short letter—Philemon—gives me a reminder about forgiveness. In this letter, I see Paul living out what Jesus had said in Acts 20:34. Onesimus had wronged Philemon, but Paul asked Philemon to take Onesimus back and welcome him as if Philemon was welcoming Paul (Philemon 1:17).

            Why such a plead for reconciliation? Why would Paul ask Philemon to welcome Onesimus back?

            Because God did this first, “and through Him to reconcile all things to Himself, having made peace through the blood of His cross; through Him, I say, whether things on earth or things in heaven” (Col 1:20, NASB). Christ did it. He paid the ultimate price.

            Last year I gave forgiveness to that family member for the harsh words spoken to me near Christmas. And this Christmas I will do the same for another family member. I do so from an abundance, “It is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:34, NASB). I have been forgiven by Christ, but I know it’s more blessed to give than receive. So this Christmas, I plan to give forgiveness to family members, again. 

Filed Under: Articles for Advent

28. The Amazing Acts of God (Hab 3:8-15)

December 20, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Lee had been working in the same job for three decades but had lost some of his passion for his work. As a result, he planned to fast and pray for three hours every Thursday. He was asking God to give him a new vision and new passion for his work.

            He asked God to renew his desire to do his job well and to give him a picture of what his future work would be. But while Lee had asked for God’s guidance for the future, instead God gave him reminder after reminder of God’s faithfulness in the past.

            God brought back memories about a difficult situation he was in yet God provided a way to make it through it. God brought back memories about how the organization he worked for was struggling with finances but some money showed up to help. Lee says that week after week God didn’t tell him anything new, but simply gave Lee reminders about things he had forgotten.[1]

            The reminders Lee received energized him for his work again because he was reminded about what God had done for him. It gave him hope for the future.

            Sometimes we do not need “guidance for the future” or “direction and vision” but instead we simply need a reminder of God’s faithfulness in the past. Habakkuk experienced God giving him a reminder of the past in Habakkuk 3:8–15.

            We read about God’s planning. “Your bow was made bare, the rods of chastisement were sworn. Selah. You cleaved the earth with rivers” (Hab 3:9).[2] The phrase, “bow made bare,”means he pulled out his powerful bow so that it’s obvious and seen. God’s ready for action.

            We see the prompting of three different groups in Habakkuk 3:10–11, “The mountains saw You and quaked; the downpour of waters swept by. The deep uttered forth its voice, it lifted high its hands. Sun and moon stood in their places; they went away at the light of Your arrows, at the radiance of Your gleaming spear.”Here we see what’s called “personification” which is ascribing human characteristics or actions to inanimate objects or animals. We read that “the mountains” saw God and “quaked”(v. 10a) at the sight of God. That word “quaked” is translated from the Hebrew verb, khyl which literally means “be in labor; be in severe pain or anguish.” It describes a person twisting or turning with pain like a woman in childbirth.[3] We read that “the deep” (v. 10b) of the waters respond to God and praise God with its hands. The waters moved in recognition of God. The high waves are personified as having hands that respond to God and his commands. We read that the “sun and moon” (v. 11) follow God’s commands. The message here is that these prominent symbols of God’s created order adhere to the commands of their creator. This is a reference to when the sun stood still in Israel’s victory over the Amorites at Gideon (Josh 10:12–14)

            While there is progress God is making we also see his preservation. “You went forth for the salvation of Your people, for the salvation of Your anointed. You struck the head of the house of the evil to lay him open from thigh to neck. Selah” (Hab 3:13).God’s purpose for judgment is revealed in this verse. God’s not angry at the nations, and he’s not angry at nature. He’s set about to purge wickedness from Israel and to deliver his own people. Note again, “You went forth for the salvation of Your people, for the salvation of Your anointed.” It reminds us that by preserving the nation of Israel God is maintaining the line for the eventual Messiah to come.

            That term “anointed”[4]is the Hebrew word, mesika and is used thirty-nine times in the Old Testament. At least nine times the use is specifically describing a royal figure sent by God in the future who would bring salvation to the people and the world while establishing peace and justice.[5] These verses predict Jesus was coming to preserve the nation of Israel through the punishment described next. By preserving Israel, God is preserving the line that will produce the Messiah.

            Next Habakkuk is reminded about enemies that have been destroyed. “You pierced with his own spears the head of his throngs. They stormed in to scatter us; their exultation was like those who devour the oppressed in secret. You trampled on the sea with Your horses, on the surge of many waters” (Hab 3:14–15). Here we see the enemy destroyed. “They stormed in to scatter us” is a possible reference to Egypt pursuing Israel at the Red Sea (Exod 14:5–9). Those who sought to destroy Judah will destroy themselves with their own weapons. “on the sea . . . many waters” is God’s picture of victory over the horses and soldiers that tried to pursue the nation of Israel through the Red Sea (Exod 14:15–18; 15:8–10).

            These amazing acts of God gives us faith for the future. God is showing Israel here that there have been many times that he’s protected them, and he will continue to protect them. God led Israel out of Egypt, God parted the Red Sea, God destroyed the Egyptian army, and God defeated the Amorites at Gibeon (Josh 10:6—12:7).[6]

            Notice what we see today: Israel is still a nation, 2,600 years later. God has miraculously preserved the nation of Israel. Those acts of God to preserve Israel gives Israel and us faith for the future. It tells us that God will sustain us through hard times, that he will preserve us through trials, and that he will see us through till the end of those difficult times. Pastor James Montgomery Boice taught that these acts of God “provide the kind of deliverance from fear and provision of inner moral fortitude we need in bad times.”[7]

             Sometimes we need to keep track of those mighty acts. Maybe we do it with a journal or notebook. Maybe we read books about Christians and their stories as a way to remind us about God’s faithful acts on behalf of his people.

            We might not always see what is in the future, but we trust God will take us through what is in the future because of what we know God has done in the past. God’s past faithfulness gives us the basis for future confidence.


[1] Lee Eclov, Shepherding the Shepherd: Devotions for a Pastor’s Soul (Wheaton, IL: Christianity Today, 2021), 71.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] J. Ronald Blue, “Habakkuk,” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures, ed. J. F. Walvoord and R. B. Zuck, vol. 1 (Wheaton, IL: Victor Books, 1985), 1520.

[4] See Michael Rydelnik, The Messianic Hope: Is the Hebrew Bible Really Messianic? (Brentwood, TN: B&H Books, 2010), 2. That term is never used to refer to the nation of Israel. It always appears “singular.”

[5] See 1 Sam 2:10, 35; Pss 2:2; 20:6; 28:8; 84:9; Hab 3:13; Dan 9:25,26. Also note 2 Sam 22:51; 23:1; Pss 89:51.

[6] I like what David Jeremiah writes about these verses, “Habakkuk pictures the Lord coming in judgment, but he does so by using images from the past: God came from Teman, from Mount Paran (3:3; Deut 33:2); He allowed pestilence and earthquakes (Ex. 12:29, 30; 19:18); He caused the land of Midian to tremble (Ex. 15:14–16); God parted the Red Sea and the Israelites walked through (3:8; Ex. 14:15–31); God caused the sun and moon to stand still in a victory at Gibeon (3:111; Josh. 10:12, 13); God delivered His people from Pharaoh (3:13; Ex. 14:5–14). These divine interventions must have resonated with Habakkuk’s audience, for the images reminded them that the God of Moses , who had delivered His people from Egypt, was alive and well and would again reveal Himself in power against their enemies (1:12; 3:6)” (Jeremiah Study Bible, 1228).

[7] James Montgomery Boice, Minor Prophets: Micah–Malachi, vol. 2 (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2006), 430.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

27. An Awesome Appearance of God (Hab 3:3-7)

December 19, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Is there any problem too big for God? I know we might answer, “Of course not,” but the way we try to control our lives and how we worry about our problems might suggest otherwise.

            Habakkuk is learning about the problems God can tackle as God reveals himself in Habakkuk 3:3–7. These verses contain an appearance of God designed to remind Habakkuk how God led Israel to the promised land, gave light from God’s presence, made a lasting impression, and how God’s presence impacted the land.

            The theophany begins, “God comes from Teman, and the Holy One from Mount Paran. Selah.[1] His splendor covers the heavens, and the earth is full of His praise” (Hab 3:3).[2] Habakkuk is tracing the steps of the Israelites leaving Egypt.

            Two locations are mentioned. “Teman” was one of the chief settlements of Edom (Obad 9; Amos 1:12) and “Paran” was the area between Edom and Judah. These were two sites east of the Israelite people as they left Egypt moving toward the Promised Land.

            Habakkuk records God leading Israel toward the promised land as well as the light from God’s presence. “His radiance is like the sunlight; He has rays flashing from his hand, and there is the hiding of His power” (Hab 3:4). Power and light from the hand of God emphasizes his readiness to move into action for his people. Like our sun that is so strong and hot it would consume us if we were too close and damage our eyes if we looked at it directly, so too is the power of God. This means that a part of him must be “hiding.”

            The events of Habakkuk 3:3–4 have made a lasting impression which Habakkuk reveals. “Before Him goes pestilence, and plague comes after Him” (Hab 3:5). This again references the Exodus of Israel from Egypt. As God moves throughout the earth personified as light, he burns up what’s in his path and leaves a trail behind him. The vengeance of God’s covenant with his people appears here as God creates plagues that devour the enemies of Israel. God burns up what is in front of him and chars what he leaves behind.

            Next we see land described. In Habakkuk 3:3–5 God appears somewhat distant, but here he comes close. “He stood and surveyed the earth; He looked and startled the nations. Yes, the perpetual mountains were shattered, the ancient hills collapsed. His ways are everlasting. I saw the tents of Cushan under distress, the tent curtains of the land of Midian were trembling” (Hab 3:6–7).Here we see the entire cosmos responds in fear. This is the climax. God has reached the place he will execute judgement.[3]

            This awesome appearance of God teaches us that the size of the enemies that God overcomes in the past gives us faith for the future. As we read about God’s vengeance, his pestilence, and the plague that follows him, the meaning is clear: God’s not a little old man upstairs who sprinkles people with light or sends wishes for what he wants to occur. He’s all-powerful, all-loving, and his grace and glory are matched with his might and his majesty.

            As we read about God’s enemies throughout the Old Testament we are reminded of who he overcomes: Egypt with Moses, Philistia with David, local trouble makers in Judah with Nehemiah.

            As we read about the enemies of God we see that the strength of the enemy becomes the very source of the protection for God’s people. Haman was hanged on his own pole he erected (Esth 7:10). Daniel’s enemies were killed in the same lions den in which he was supposed to die (Dan 6:24). Psalm 7:5 says that he who creates a pit to trap the righteous will actually fall into that pit.

            God has overcome amazing obstacles in the Old Testament. The meaning for us is that our troubles are nothing compared to the amazing God of heaven. Whether it’s an energy bill we can’t afford, a car that is broken down, a pain in our body, a problem in our marriage, a conflict with our job, or an issue with a friend, those problems feel big to us, but they are not big to God.

            The size of the enemies that God overcomes in the Old Testament teach us about the size of the God we worship. If God can overcome the enemies of his people in the Old Testament, we can have faith that he will overcome the issues we face too.


[1] The word, “Selah”(vv. 3, 9, 13), is a word related to music. It’s used seventy-one times in the book of Psalms and three times in Habakkuk. The word is transliterated, not translated, because we don’t know exactly what the word means. The word “Selah” comes from the Hebrew verb meaning “to exalt, to lift up.” It might mean a pause, to elevate to a higher key or to a higher volume, to reflect on what’s been sung and to exalt the Lord in praise, or to lift up certain instruments like a trumpet fanfare. Whatever the meaning, it’s clear there is some type of a break or pause is intended. (J. Ronald Blue, “Habakkuk,” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures, ed. J. F. Walvoord and R. B. Zuck, vol. 1 [Wheaton, IL: Victor Books, 1985], 1518).

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] In Habakkuk 3:6a we learn about the land that belongs to him. The phrase, “He stood and surveyed the earth” tells us he’s taking inventory of what he created and what he controls. In Habakkuk 3:6b–7 we learn about the land that responds to him. Mountains are symbols of stability yet they shutter when they see what the Lord did when God led Israel from Egypt into the Promised Land. “tents of Cushan” and “land of Midian” could refer to one people group living in the Sinai peninsula region (Exod 2:16-22; 18:1-5; Num 12:1) or could describe two separate groups that each lived on either side of the Red Sea. Whether two groups or one, it was clear that God’s acts of delivering the nation of Israel out of Egypt and miraculously walking them to the Promised Land causes many nations to tremble and fear when they saw what God was doing (Exod 15:14-16; Deut 2:25; Josh 2:9; 5:1).

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

26. An Answer to Prayer (Hab 3:3-15)

December 19, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

How we view God affects what we believe he will do and what we believe he can do. Because of this our beliefs about God are some of the most important things we contemplate.

            Our beliefs about God affect the way we answer the following questions. Is our God big, or is our God little? Is our God all-knowing, or is our God figuring it out as he goes along? Is our God in control, or is our God being controlled? Is our God capable of doing all things, or is our God incapable of some things? Is our God perfect, or is our God imperfect? Is our God competent, or is our God incompetent?

            As we read the book of Habakkuk we are learning how Habakkuk views God and in this way, we are learning what Habakkuk believes God will do and can do in both Habakkuk’s situation and in our lives.

            Habakkuk 3:3–15 contains a visual revelation. These verses are a positive response to Habakkuk’s prayer for divine mercy in Habakkuk 3:1–2. In response to Habakkuk’s prayer (recorded in Hab 3:1–2) God gives Habakkuk a reminder of God’s past mighty acts. Those reminders of God’s past mighty acts are designed to stimulate faith in God for the future. A simpler summary would be this: God’s work in history gives us confidence in the future.

            Habakkuk 3:3–15 is a theophany.[1] A theophany is a manifestation of God on earth and “an appearance of God in great power and glory.”[2]

            We read about the awesome appearance of God in Habakkuk 3:3–7. Habakkuk records God leading Israel toward the promised land (Hab 3:3) as well as the light from God’s presence. “His radiance is like the sunlight; He has rays flashing from his hand, and there is the hiding of His power” (Hab 3:4, NASB).[3]

            We read about the amazing acts of God in Habakkuk 3:8–15. In this section, God reveals his progress. “In indignation You marched through the earth; in anger You trampled the nations” (Hab 3:12, NASB).God’s not tiptoeing through the tulips. He’s triumphant over the towers of nations. He’s trampling over the nations that are in his path. In this section, God also reveals his preservation. “You went forth for the salvation of Your people, for the salvation of Your anointed. You struck the head of the house of the evil to lay him open from thigh to neck. Selah” (Hab 3:13, NASB).

            The message of this theophany in front of Habakkuk is simple: God’s past acts give confidence for the future. In a similar way we will learn this: God’s work in history gives us confidence for our future.


[1] The clearest theophany in Scripture, besides Habakkuk 3:3–15, is Exodus 19:9, 18.

[2] Waylon Bailey, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, vol. 20,  The New American Commentary (Nashville: Broadman & Holman Publishers, 1999), 358.

[3] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

25. When Faith Matures (Hab 3:1-2)

December 18, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Fanny Crosby was born in 1820 but her father died the same year. She published her first book of poems in 1844 but didn’t become a Christian until 1850. She began using her literary talent to write hymns for church music. She wrote more than 9,000 hymns from 1864 to 1889. Popular hymns such as “Blessed Assurance,” “Tell Me the Story of Jesus,” “To God Be the Glory,” and “All the Way My Savior Leads Me” are among her most popular hymns still sang today.

            In addition to writing hymns she traveled alone around the United States speaking at rescue missions, made numerous visits to the White House, and was voted “best known woman in nineteenth-century America.”

            All of this was accomplished in spite of her blindness. She became blind at the age of six weeks due to a physician’s mistake. As a result, she learned to compose, edit, then dictate her hymns to someone else who wrote them down (she never learned to read Braile).

            Living as a blind woman in the nineteenth-century was difficult. But becoming a Christian at the age of thirty helped Fanny navigate the nineteenth century as a blind woman. Her faith matured over time just as we have seen Habakkuk’s faith mature.

            We learned about Habakkuk’s problems in chapter one where he questions God’s inactivity. Habakkuk essentially asks in Habakkuk 1:2–4 “How long will evil continue and when will you stop it?” God answers Habakkuk in Habakkuk 1:5–11 saying, “I’m going to stop it, I know what’s going on, and you’ll be surprised how.” Therefore Habakkuk asks a second question in 1:12—2:1. He questions God’s inconsistency and basically asks, “Why use greater sinners against less sinners?” In chapter two we see Habakkuk’s patience as he accepts God’s response. God provided his second answer to Habakkuk in 2:2–20 in which God basically says, “I have a plan for the future, a message for the faithful, and punishment planned for the Babylonians.” Now we move on to chapter three which reveals Habakkuk’s praise about God.

            Habakkuk 3:1–2 reads, “A prayer of Habakkuk the prophet, according to Shigionoth. Lord, I have heard the report about You and I fear. O Lord, revive Your work in the midst of the years, in the midst of the years make it known; in wrath remember mercy.” (NASB)[1]

            In this process we are seeing Habakkuk go from a wonderer, to a watcher, and now to a worshipper. Habakkuk started in gloom, now he ends in glory. Habakkuk went from why to worship. Habakkuk’s faith has been tested (chapter 1), taught (chapter 2), and is triumphant (chapter 3).

            If we were to summarize Habakkuk 3:1–2 into one sentence it would be this: Hearing about God’s plans leads Habakkuk to fear God, to encourage God’s plans, and to request mercy from God. In these two verses we learn that revelation from God leads to trust in God.

            In our time in Habakkuk 3:1–2 we’ve learned three spiritual lessons from Habakkuk’s prayer. The first thing we learned from Habakkuk’s prayer is that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we realize obscurity does not mean invisibility. The second thing we learned from Habakkuk’s prayer is that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we fear God. The third thing we learned from Habakkuk’s prayer is that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we accept that God’s methods are best even if we don’t understand them.

            Habakkuk and Fanny Crosby both learned that God’s plans are best even if we don’t understand them. In Fanny’s first autobiography she wrote, “If perfect earthly sight were offered to me tomorrow, I would not accept it. Although it may have been a blunder on the physician’s part, it was no mistake of God’s. I verily believe it was His intention that I should live my days in physical darkness, so as to be better prepared to sing His praises and incite others so to do. I could not have written thousands of hymns—many of which, if you will pardon me for repeating it, are sung all over the world—if I had been hindered by the distractions of seeing all the interesting and beautiful objects that would have been presented to my notice.”[2]

            I’m not sure if most of us would say that? Habakkuk didn’t as he began this book, but later his faith matured and he eventually trusted God and submitted to God’s plans even when he didn’t like God’s plans. May we too trust God’s plans even if we don’t see them or understand them.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Richard Stanislaw, “To God Be the Glory: Fanny Crosby,” in More Than Conquerors: Portraits of Believers from All Walks of Life, ed. John Woodbridge (Chicago: Moody, 1992), 108–111.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

24. Peace in God’s Plans (Hab 3:2b)

December 17, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

There are different elements of prayer such as praise, lament, adoration, and confession. One element that is part of almost any prayer is request. In Habakkuk 3:2b we read Habakkuk’s prayer request, “O Lord, revive Your work in the midst of the years, in the midst of the years make it known; in wrath remember mercy” (Hab 3:2b, NASB).[1] Let’s look at the different parts of this request together.

            The name of God, “Lord,”is mentioned twice in Habakkuk 3:2 and eleven times in the book of Habakkuk. The NASB translation uses “Lord” in small caps as a translation of YHWH[2] (transliterated as Yahweh).[3] Some people believe it comes from the verb, “to be” in Hebrew. YHWHis called the “Tetragrammaton” (which means four letters) and was the covenant name of God from Exodus 3:14 where God reveals to Moses, “I AM WHO I AM.” This indicated God’s covenant faithfulness and should evoke confidence.[4]

            Habakkuk’s phrase, “Your work in the midst of the years,” describes a brief time of God’s two acts of judgement.First, God’s purging judgement of Judah. Second, God’s consuming judgement against Babylon. Thus Habakkuk is asking for God to preserve the nation of Judah—the righteous ones—through the seventy years of judgement that God is sending on Judah which Jeremiah predicts (Jer 25:11; 29:10).

            We’ve briefly looked at the name of God Habakkuk uses, the plans of God revealed to Habakkuk, now let’s examine the request Habakkuk has for God. “O Lord, revive Your work in the midst of the years, in the midst of the years make it known; in wrath remember mercy.”

            Habakkuk 2:2b reveals a fresh manifestation of God’s power. That word, “wrath,” is translated from the Hebrew word, rogez, which comes from a word which means “to tremble” or “to shake.”[5] It describes a time when foundations will be shaken and God’s people will go into exile. It describes an agitation, excitement, or disturbance.[6]

            Habakkuk 2:2b reveals a full measure of God’s pardon. The Hebrew word for “mercy” is rkhm and comes from a word associated with the womb of a woman. The use of this word indicates the compassion and tenderness which Habakkuk wanted from God.[7] Habakkuk 3:2 reminds us that “God is the God of mercy, so to pray for mercy (even in the day of his wrath) is to plead for that which is central to His character.”[8] Our God can display wrath as well as mercy.

            Habakkuk 3:2a reveals Habakkuk’s confidence in God. Habakkuk might not understand everything, but he believes God’s ways are best even if Habakkuk doesn’t understand them.

            We learn from Habakkuk’s prayer that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we accept that God’s methods are best even if we don’t understand them. This is a hard concept for us to accept, but is essentially the message of the entire book of Habakkuk.

            Experiencing peace in the midst of God’s plans only comes when we accept that God’s methods are best even if we don’t understand them. That’s the position we sometimes have to grow into as followers and worshippers of God. We grow in maturity and faith when we learn to accept God’s plans and God’s methods as best for us even if they are painful, inconvenient, or confusing.

            Maybe you retired thinking about enjoying the golden years only to be plagued with health issues. Maybe you went to school thinking you’d have a great career, only to struggle to find work your whole life. Maybe you were excited to get married only to learn your spouse had an addiction he or she didn’t tell you about. Maybe you always enjoyed working but after having kids you weren’t able to return to work and stayed home.

            God’s methods are best even if we don’t understand them. Habakkuk has learned that and I pray that we learn that too.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] YHWH occurs 6,823t in Old Testament. See Francis Brown, Samuel Rolles Driver, and Charles Augustus Briggs. Enhanced Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew and English Lexicon (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1977), 217–19.

[3] Other names for God based on Hebrew are “God” from Elohim (which is the more universal name for God) and “Lord” from Adonai (which was a divine title for God). The word “Jehovah” in some Bibles consists of the Hebrew consonants from Yahweh combined with the Hebrew vowels from Adonai.

[4] One commentary on Habakkuk 2:2 tells us, “The choice of ‘LORD’ here rather than the more general term for God probably emphasizes the fact that Habakkuk addressed his words to Israel’s covenant God” (Richard D. Patterson, Habakkuk, Cornerstone Biblical Commentary vol. 10[Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House, 2008],427).

[5] Waylon Bailey, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, New American Commentary, vol. 20 (Nashville, TN: Broadman & Holman, 1999), 356.

[6] O. Palmer Robertson, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah, The New International Commentary on the Old Testament (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1990), 218.

[7] Ibid.

[8] James Montgomery Boice, The Minor Prophets, vol. 2 (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 1986), 424.

Filed Under: Articles from Hebrews

23. A Healthy Fear of God (Hab 3:2a)

December 16, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

I love Johnny Cash’s version of the traditional folk song known as “Run On” or “Run On for a Long Time.” Johnny Cash titled it, “God’s Gonna Cut You Down” on his American V: A Hundred Highways (2006) album. The song describes how everyone appears before God in the end of life and how sinners will get their just punishment. (Because of copyright laws I am not able to quote the lyrics in print, but you can search the song on your favorite music app.)   

            That song reminds me of eleven words Habakkuk shares: “Lord, I have heard the report about You and I fear” (Hab 3:2a).[1] The “report” that Habakkuk refers to here are the responses of God in Habakkuk 1:5–11 and in 2:2–20. The book of Habakkuk is a report from God to Habakkuk about God’s plans to use the Babylonians to judge Judah.

            Here’s a brief timeline. In 607 BC Habakkuk writes. In 605 BC Babylon comes to Judah and Daniel is taken into exile in Babylon. In 597 BC Babylon comes again and Ezekiel is taken into exile in Babylon. In 586 BC Babylon finishes what they started by completely destroying the city of Jerusalem. To correctly understand this timeline we need to know who was the king in Judah and what kind of king he was.

            King Jehoiakim ruled in Judah from 609–605 BC under Egyptian influence and from 605–601 BC under Babylonian control. King Jehoiakim killed innocent people who opposed him, he refused to pay poor laborers (2 Kings 23:35–37; Jer 22:13–19), he allowed prophets and priests to commit adultery and abuse their authority (Jer 23:1–2, 9–11), he killed Uriah the prophet for prophesying that Jerusalem would fall (Jer 26:20–23), and he burned the prophet Jeremiah’s hand-written prophecy about the destruction of Jerusalem (Jer 36).[2]

            Now back to Habakkuk 3:2a. Habakkuk hears reports from God and it causes “fear.” Imagine how we would feel in America if God told us a foreign nation was coming to conquer us because of our country’s sins. We might compare that to what Americans experienced during the Cold War.

            One thing we learn from Habakkuk’s prayer is that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we fear God. Sadly, most Americans don’t fear God.[3] How do I know? We take his name in vain in our personal speech, on the radio, in books, and on TV. We mock God with bumper stickers that say, “In the beginning man created God.” We post pictures on social media of a cross as the first letter in the word, “toxic.” That behavior makes it clear that most Americans do not fear God.

            However, we should fear God. So what does the fear of God look like in believers? It is a reverence and respect for God’s person and God’s works. We respect and revere God as the creator of the universe and sustainer of our lives. Proverbs 1:7 says, “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of knowledge; fools despise wisdom and instruction.” God had told the Israelites about this in Deuteronomy 10:12, “Now, Israel, what does the Lord your God require from you, but to fear the Lord your God, to walk in all His ways and love Him, and to serve the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul.”[4] The fear of God guides us as we approach him asking for forgiveness for our sin and it guides the way that we walk with him. We know that God loves us (Rom 8:38–39) but we fear him because he also disciplines us (Heb 12:1–6). We also should fear God because we will meet the Lord at the judgement seat after the rapture of the church, known as the Bema Seat, where our works will be judged (1 Cor 3:11–15; 2 Cor 5:10).[5]

            Peace comes when we fear God because fear is a way to acknowledge that he is in complete control while we are not. A fear of God is correct because of who God is and it is healthy because of who we are.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Adapted from J.K. Bruckner, “Habakkuk, Book of” in Dictionary of the Old Testament: Prophets, edited by Mark J. Boda and Gordon J. McConville (Downers Grove, IL: Inter-Varsity Press, 2012), 296.

[3] In America we don’t talk much about fear. I had trouble finding any discussion about the fear of God here in my commentaries from Habakkuk.

[4] Also see Deut 10:20–21, ““You shall fear the Lord your God; you shall serve Him and cling to Him, and you shall swear by His name. He is your praise and He is your God, who has done these great and awesome things for you which your eyes have seen.”

[5] So what does the fear of God look like in unbelievers? Their fear should be of judgement, eternal death, and forever separation from God (Luke 12:5; Heb 10:31). Unbelievers should fear God because they will face God, at the Great White Throne judgment, after the 1,000-year millennial reign of Christ. At that Great White Throne judgment their rejection of the Savior is what judges them (Rev 20:11–15).

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

22. God Knows Your Name (Hab 3:1)

December 14, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

God knows your name. Yes, you! He knows your name, sees your actions, and he hears your thoughts. Habakkuk has experienced this as he asks God his questions (Hab 1:2–4, 1:12—2:1) and hears God’s replies (Hab 1:5–11; 2:2–20).

            After God’s second answer to Habakkuk we read what Habakkuk says in reply to God. That reply to God is introduced with a note, “A prayer of Habakkuk the prophet, according to Shigionoth” (Hab 3:1).[1] In this verse let’s notice what we learn about the prophet, his prayer, and his music.

            His name, “Habakkuk,” shows up two times in the Bible (Hab 1:1; 3:1). While the book of Habakkuk is often quoted in Scripture,[2] his name is only mentioned twice and his family is not revealed.

            Habakkuk probably was an ordained priest that was part of the temple liturgical singing. He appears well educated, deeply sensitive, and based on literary style he was as much a poet as prophet.[3] His aptitude for music is clear. There are musical notations in Habakkuk 3:19 which indicate Habakkuk was a composer of music.

            He likely lived in Judah in 607–604 BC under king Jehoiakim (Jer 22:15–17; 2 Kings 23:34—24:5) in the final dark days of the southern nation of Judah.

            His role within Judah as prophet was a covenant mediator. He had a responsibility to offer intercession for the people.[4] Habakkuk found himself living in Judah while Babylon was approaching. Yet God was in control of both nations, thus only God’s grace could sustain the prophet and the people.

            If you’re like me you have trouble reading the word, “Shigionoth.”[5]That word is transliterated, not translated, because we don’t know what it means. Since we don’t know what it means, translators “transliterate” it by transferring the Hebrew consonants and vowels into English consonants and vowels. (It’s as if they “sound it out” from Hebrew into English.) But, in light of the musical note in Habakkuk 3:19, it probably has some type of musical-liturgical significance and perhaps this chapter was a song. It could refer to excitement or celebration.

            The “prayer”[6] we read about here is a response to God’s revelation. As I shared earlier, chapters one and two of Habakkuk involved an interchange between God and Habakkuk. Chapter three is the effect of that interchange. The British preacher Martin Lloyd Jones once said, “Prayer is more than petition, and includes praise, thanksgiving, recollection, and adoration.”[7] I think that’s a good summary of what Habakkuk is doing in Habakkuk 3:1.

            We learn from Habakkuk’s prayer that peace in the midst of God’s plans comes when we realize obscurity does not mean invisibility. Habakkuk was a man living in the seventh century in Judah, became the author of a small book in the Old Testament, was probably not well known, but he was known by God as a prophet.

            Habakkuk, the prophet, wrote a book of just three short chapters. His book only contains fifty-six verses. Luke wrote seven chapters that are as long or longer than the entire book of Habakkuk. We can compare Habakkuk’s three meager chapters with the sixty-six chapters of Isaiah, fifty-two chapters of Jeremiah, the forty-eight of Ezekiel, and twelve of Daniel.[8]

            Habakkuk’s book might be small but the man was not minor in God’s eyes. From Habakkuk we learn that obscurity doesn’t mean invisibility. And that’s a lesson for us in the church today.

            Just because we are not famous or well known doesn’t mean God doesn’t hear us, know us, and respond to us. Even if you are a new Christian, never volunteer in church, only occasionally attend church, and never donate to church, God listens to your prayers. God knows you and he responds to your need just as he responded to Habakkuk’s need.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Habakkuk 1:11 is quoted by Paul in Acts 13:39. Habakkuk 2:4 is quoted by Paul in Romans 1:17 and Galatians 3:11. The author of Hebrews also quotes Habakkuk 2:4 in Hebrews 10:38.

[3] J. Ronald Blue, “Habakkuk,” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures, ed. J. F. Walvoord and R. B. Zuck, vol. 1 (Wheaton, IL: Victor Books, 1985), 1508.

[4] As was seen by other prophets in Gen 20:7; Exod 32:11–14; Isa 63:15; Jer 14:7–9.

[5] The plural form appears here in Hab 3:1, the singular form appears in Psalm 7:1.

[6] Psalm 17, 86, 90, 102, 142 all have “prayer” in the title. This prayer is like those Psalms that also contain the name of the person that prays them.

[7] Martin Lloyd Jones, From Fear to Faith: Rejoicing In The Lord In Turbulent Times (Carol Stream, IL: NavPress, 2011), 55.

[8] Habakkuk is called a “minor prophet” simply because of it’s size, but not because of it’s impact or importance. Habakkuk was a minor prophet with a major message and a major ministry.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

21. How Revelation Leads to Trust (Hab 3:1-2)

December 13, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Sometimes we get answers to our questions that we don’t want, but we learn to live with them. Getting answers we don’t want is part of life, part of being an adult, part of maturing, and is part of being a believer in Jesus Christ.         

            Sometimes we share our requests with God and we are told answers that we don’t want or didn’t expect. But we still accept them and move on in life with the answers that God has given us. Our friend Habakkuk is learning that too.

            Thus far in the book of Habakkuk we’ve learned about Habakkuk’s problems in chapter one. In chapter one we read Habakkuk’s first question about God’s inactivity. Habakkuk essentially asks in Habakkuk 1:2–4 “How long will evil continue and when will you stop it?” Next we read God’s first answer to Habakkuk in Habakkuk 1:5–11. God essentially responds, “I’m going to stop it, I know what’s going on, and you’ll be surprised how.” Therefore Habakkuk asks a second question in 1:12—2:1. He questions God’s inconsistency and basically asks, “Why use greater sinners against less sinners?” In chapter two we learned about Habakkuk’s patience. God provided his second answer to Habakkuk in 2:2–20 in which God basically says, “I have a plan for the future, a message for the faithful, and punishment planned for the Babylonians.” Now we move on to chapter three which reveals Habakkuk’s praise about God.

            “A prayer of Habakkuk the prophet, according to Shigionoth. Lord, I have heard the report about You and I fear. O Lord, revive Your work in the midst of the years, in the midst of the years make it known; in wrath remember mercy” (Habakkuk 3:1–2, NASB).[1]

            As we read the book of Habakkuk, we watch Habakkuk go from a wonderer, to a watcher, and now to a worshipper. Habakkuk started in gloom, now he ends in glory. Habakkuk went from why to worship. Habakkuk’s faith has been tested (chapter 1), taught (chapter 2), and is triumphant (chapter 3).

            Don’t miss this: Habakkuk worships God even though God doesn’t answer his prayers in the way he hoped God would. James Montgomery Boice calls chapter three of Habakkuk one of the great prayers of all the Bible.[2] Chapter three of Habakkuk is the pinnacle of praise. As Warren Wiersbe has written, “His circumstances hadn’t changed, but he had changed, and now he was walking by faith instead of sight. He was living by promises, not explanations.”[3] Chapter three of Habakkuk is the mountaintop destination of Habakkuk’s journey that began in a low valley of distress in chapter one.

            If we were to summarize Habakkuk 3:1–2 into one sentence it would be this: Hearing about God’s plans leads Habakkuk to fear God, to encourage God’s plans, and to request mercy from God. In these two verses we learn that revelation from God leads to trust in God.

            When we have questions of God may we learn to trust him even when we don’t like the answers he provides. May the revelation God gives lead to our trust in God.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] James Montgomery Boice, The Minor Prophets, vol. 2 (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 1986),417.

[3] Warren Wiersbe, Be Amazed: Restoring an Attitude of Wonder and Worship (Colorado Springs: David C. Cook, 2010), 157.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

20. Just Live by Faith (Hab 2:2-20)

December 12, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Faith is a topic we discuss often within Christianity. It’s the basis of our salvation for eternity and our sanctification on earth. Faith, of course, is not described just in the New Testament but in the Old Testament as well.

            In Habakkuk 2:2–20 we read God’s second answer to Habakkuk in which Habakkuk has learned about faith in different circumstances. If we summarize these nineteen verses into one big idea it would be this: God responds to Habakkuk with a message about the future, a message for the faithful, and a message for Babylon. In these verses we learn that righteous standing starts and continues by faith in God.

            In Habakkuk 2:2–3 we read about God’s plans for the future and learned that it’s by faith we wait. In Habakkuk 2:4–5 we read about God’s plans for the righteous and learned it’s by faith we live. In Habakkuk 2:6–20 we read God’s plans for the wicked. In these verses we learned it’s by faith we suffer.

            By faith we wait, by faith we live, and by faith we suffer. Faith is the key topic of Habakkuk 2:2–20. As Bible teacher and author Taylor Turkington has written, “The call to live by faith is in contrast to the way of life of the self-reliant.”[1] We’ve seen that “the righteous will live by his faith” (Hab 2:4).[2] The late theologian John Walvoord says faith is “not only the central theme of Habakkuk but of the entire Scripture.”[3] As Warren Wiersbe once wrote, “A faith that can’t be tested can’t be trusted.”[4]

            Faith is like a boat anchor. An anchor is a heavy curved piece of metal, tied to a chain, that is released to the bottom of the ocean or lake, and is connected to a boat. The anchor keeps the boat solid and steady among the shifting tides, wind, and storm. But for that anchor to work it has to be tied to something. The anchor has to be connected to the boat in order to help the boat. The apostle Paul (Rom 1:17; Gal 3:11) and the author of Hebrews (Heb 10:37) showed us—by quoting Habakkuk 2:4—that our faith is our anchor tied to Jesus Christ. He was fully God and fully man. He died on the cross for our sins. And it’s through our faith in him that we live spiritually and that we will endure life physically here on earth. Our faith in him keeps us solid and steady among the shifting tides, winds, and storms of life.

            Chip Ingram honestly reveals what many of us feel about faith. “Living by faith is exciting and, frankly, incredibly scary at times. But when you take a radical step of faith in God, God always comes through. You know what happens then? Your view of God grows.”[5] That’s the faith that Habakkuk and the righteous relied on in the seventh century BC, and that’s the faith we rely on too. May your view of God grow as you live by faith in him.


[1] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H Publishing, 2023), 72.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] John Walvoord, Every Prophecy of the Bible (Colorado Springs, CO: David C Cook, 1990), 308.

[4] Warren Wiersbe, The Delights and Disciplines of Bible Study (Colorado Springs: David C Cook, 2018), 50.

[5] Chip Ingram, Holy Ambition: Turning God-shaped Dreams Into Reality (Chicago: Moody, 2010), 90.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

19. God’s Plans for the Wicked (Hab 2:6-20)

December 11, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

If we watch sports we probably are aware of the “trash talk” that commonly occurs. Trash talk is defined as “disparaging, taunting, or boastful comments especially between opponents trying to intimidate each other.”[1] An example of trash talk would be one racecar driver saying to another, “I hope you enjoy the view of my bumper cause that’s all you’re gonna see in the race.” There is a section of Habakkuk, specifically Habakkuk 2:6–20, that we could categorize as “trash talk.”

            As we examine Habakkuk 2:6-20 we’ll see the word “woe” used five times (vv. 6, 9, 12, 15, 19). The word “woe” is translated from the Hebrew word howy which begins each of the five “woe oracles” in Habakkuk 2:6–20. A woe oracle announced the failure and future doom of a nation.[2] A woe oracle was a way to announce that the funeral for a nation was just around the corner.[3] These woe oracles are oracles of judgement that are classified as “taunt.” A taunt “is an utterance that mocks or jeers the opponent.”[4] It’s a put down. It’s trash talk. In addition to saying bad things are going to happen, a taunt is also a personal attack on the nation and its leaders. God “rubs it in” to make it hurt, to make it sting, and to make it personal.[5]

            Let’s briefly examine each of these five woe oracles that God establishes against Babylon.

            God begins his list of wrongdoings of the Babylonians with how they took money that wasn’t theirs. God declares their extortion wrong, “Woe to him who gets evil gain for his house to put his nest on high, to be delivered from the hand of calamity! You have devised a shameful thing for your house by cutting off many peoples; so you are sinning against yourself. Surely the stone will cry out from the wall, and the rafter will answer it from the framework” (Hab 2:6–8).[6]

            The next issue we learn God has with Babylon is that they have been taking homes that weren’t theirs. The Babylonians have been exploiting others, “Woe to him who gets evil gain for his house to put his nest on high, to be delivered from the hand of calamity! You have devised a shameful thing for your house by cutting off many peoples; so you are sinning against yourself. Surely the stone will cry out from the wall, and the rafter will answer it from the framework” (Hab 2:9–11).

            A kind, gracious, and loving God objects to how Babylon was taking cities by violence. This was an example of Babylon’s unnecessary extravagance. “Woe to him who builds a city with bloodshed and founds a town with violence! Is it not indeed from the Lord of hosts that peoples toil for fire, and nations grow weary for nothing? For the earth will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea” (Hab 2:12–14).

            God’s issue with wine is that drinking excess wine inhibits good behavior.[7] The Babylonians are enjoying too much alcohol. God condemns their excess use of liquor,“Woe to you who make your neighbors drink, who mix in your venom even to make them drunk so as to look on their nakedness! You will be filled with disgrace rather than honor. Now you yourself drink and expose your own nakedness. The cup in the Lord’s right hand will come around to you, and utter disgrace will come upon your glory” (Hab 2:15–16).God condemns the excess use of liquor and then condemns Lebanon, “For the violence done to Lebanon will overwhelm you, and the devastation of its beasts by which you terrified them, because of human bloodshed and violence done to the land, to the town and all its inhabitants” (Hab 2:17).

            As if plunder, pride, projects, and poured wine weren’t bad enough, next God describes powerless gods. The Babylonians had a habit of taking idols for worship and giving esteem to dead idols. As we read about the powerless gods we see a silence before idols, “What profit is the idol when its maker has carved it, or an image, a teacher of falsehood? For its maker trusts in his own handiwork when he fashions speechless idols. Woe to him who says to a piece of wood, ‘Awake!’ To a mute stone, ‘Arise!’ And that is your teacher? Behold, it is overlaid with gold and silver, and there is no breath at all inside it” (Hab 2:18–19). As we read about the powerless gods we see a silence before idols as well as silence before God,“But the Lord is in His holy temple. Let all the earth be silent before Him” (Hab 2:20).

            From Habakkuk’s prophecy we learn that it’s by faith we suffer. While this passage is a woe oracle (specifically a “taunt song”) against Babylon, the reality is that the faithful and the righteous are going to suffer through it.

            Many of us know good kids that suffer in their childhood because of bad parents or harsh siblings that do terrible things to them. Our heart often breaks for those kids because we know there’s nothing they did to cause their troubles. That’s the same scenario for Habakkuk.

            Habakkuk is going to suffer unjustly because of the wrong actions of others. He will join men like Daniel (605–535 BC in Babylon), Ezekiel (592–570 BC in Babylon), and Jeremiah (627–585 BC in Judah). Each of those men endured the wrath of Babylon against Judah. 

            The candid words of Joni Eareckson Tada in a recent online video are relevant. “Suffering is not much good in it [sic]. But it will teach you who you are. It’s a textbook that will show you the stuff of which you are made. And sometimes it’s not very pretty. Suffering will squeeze that out of you. We say we know Christ, well okay, the next time you suffer and suffer hard, find out what comes out of your mouth and that will show how much you know Jesus. And so in that sense, it’s good, in a strange way.”[8]

            Suffering is a fact of the Christian life. But this is important: We don’t worship a God that we carry around (like a lifeless idol), we worship a God that carries us. And he will carry us through our troubles. That’s why sometimes living by faith through suffering means we just take it a week at a time, a day at a time, or an hour at a time. It’s by faith we suffer and it’s by faith that we rely on God to carry us through it.  


[1] Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, 1331.

[2] Amos 6:1-7 is good example of a woe oracle toward Israel.

[3] Gary Smith, Interpreting the Prophetic Books (Grand Rapids, MI: Kregel, 2014), 37–38.

[4] Lyland Ryken, Symbols and Reality (Wooster, OH: Weaver Books, 2016), 50.

[5] Ibid., 49–52.

[6] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[7] The Bible warns about the evils of strong drink (Prov 20:1; 21:7; 23:20-21, 29-35; Rom 13:13; Gal 5:21; 1 Thess 5:7). According to Scripture drunkenness and sensual behavior go hand-in-hand (Gen 9:20-27; 19:30-38; Rom 13:11-14).

[8]“Joni Eareckson Tada’s Songs of Suffering: 25 Hymns and Devotions for Weary Souls” https://youtu.be/0H9ztsfGfRM Accessed May 4, 2023.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

18. God’s Plans for the Righteous (Hab 2:4-5)

December 10, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Sometimes God has good plans for his righteous followers. But occasionally, or maybe we should write, normally, God’s people have to endure difficult circumstances before God’s good plans. Hab was learning this as God revealed his plans for the future in Hab 2:2–3.

            God has plans for the future. God has something he wants written down for future generations. God tells Habakkuk to preserve that message, “Record the vision and inscribe it on tablets” (Hab 2:2a). God tells Habakkuk to publicize that message. “That the one who reads it may run” (Hab 2:2b). God also has something to work out at a future time (v. 3). From Habakkuk’s prophecy we learn that by faith we wait.

            While God has plans for the future, God also has plans for the righteous which he reveals in Habakkuk 2:4–5. God first reveals those plans for the wicked. As we read about the wicked people in Habakkuk 2:4–5 we need to remember that the word “Chaldeans” is the term Habakkuk uses to describe the Babylonians[1] (Hab 1:6, 15).

            Habakkuk tells us that the Babylonians are dominant, “Behold, as for the proud one, His soul is not right within him” (Hab 2:4a). The Babylonians lived by their sight and their might. But their pride condemned them. They ran over people instead of submitting under the authority of God.

            Habakkuk also tells us that the Babylonians are drunk, “Furthermore, wine betrays the haughty man, so that he does not stay at home. He enlarges his appetite like Sheol, and he is like death, never satisfied. He also gathers to himself all nations and collects to himself all peoples” (Hab 2:5). This verse describes the wickedness of the Babylonians in two ways. First, there’s a personification of Babylon as a drunk man, “wine betrays a haughty man, so that he does not stay at home.” Second, there’s personification of Babylon as a hungry man, “He enlarges his appetite like Sheol, and he is like death, never satisfied. He also gathers to himself all nations, and collects to himself all peoples.” This personifies death as having an appetite that is never satisfied. The Babylonians were proud, greedy, and always wanted more.

            Habakkuk also tells us that the Babylonians are deadly, “wine betrays the haughty man.” Excessive alcohol is not the chief sin or worst sin here, but it appears as the sin the fuels other sins. When my family lived in Exeter, California we had a traditional open wood fire place with a small pipe that provided natural gas you could use to get the wood fire going. It was fantastic! That little bit of natural gas takes the small amount of fire and magnified it greatly. Alcohol has that same effect on our sin. Alcohol takes the little bit of sin we have and enlarges it. We see that happen in Daniel 5 with King Belshazzar (Nebuchadnezzar’s son) where alcohol led to many foolish deeds and the eventual end of the Babylonian kingdom (Dan 5:30-31).

            In Habakkuk 2:4-5 there’s a sharp contrast between the wicked people—Babylonians—that were prideful and drunk with the righteous people which Habakkuk describes next.[2]

While God has declared His plans for the wicked (Hab 2:4:a, 5), God declares his plans for the righteous saying, “But the righteous will live by his faith” (Hab 2:4b).[3] If you ask most people on the street today how they would get to heaven, most would say by being a good person and doing good deeds. This verse contradicts that.

            This verse is quoted three times in the New Testament so let’s make sure we read it in its context. Habakkuk has posed his questions to God and expressed his concern about the righteous (Habakkuk 1:4, 13). Here in Habakkuk 2:4 God probably has the oppressed individuals of Habakkuk 1:4 in view. God is saying that this is what is true for those that trust in God and not in themselves.

            In addition to the context it’s important to examine a few cross references of Habakuk 2:4.[4] Habakkuk 2:4 is quoted three times in our New Testament. In each of these quotes I want to bring out the meaning of a specific word.

            When quoted in Romans 1:17 the word “righteous” describes salvation. “For in it the righteousness of God is revealed from faith to faith; as it is written, ‘But the righteous man shall live by faith’” (Rom 1:17). In this context faith opposed to work leads to salvation. In other words, what you do doesn’t make you righteous.

            When quoted in Galatians 3:11 the word “live” also describes our salvation but a different aspect of it. “Now that no one is justified by the Law before God is evident; for, ‘The righteous man shall live by faith’” (Galatians 3:11). In this context faith opposed to legalism and Law leads to salvation. In other words, you don’t become righteous by keeping the Law or celebrating certain festivals and feasts.

            The use of Habakuk 2:4 in Galatians 3:11 and Romans 1:17 became the battle cry and banner of the protestant reformation. In the sixteenth century the Roman Catholic Church was requiring payments from common people to pay for their sins and to lessen the time that their family spent in purgatory. Along with that came a list of “dos” and “donts” that the Roman Catholic Church had for the people as a way for them to maintain their standing as a Christian in the Roman Catholic Church. 

            From that context with Habakkuk 2:4, Galatians 3:11, and Romans 1:17 several streams of protestant reformation traditions began. One stream known as the “Reformed Faith” flowed from two men. Ulrich Zwingli was located in the city of Zurich in northern Switzerland and from John Calvin who was also from Switzerland but was located in the city of Geneva which was in the south. Another stream came to be known as the “Lutheran Reformation” led by Martin Luther in Germany and Conrad Rebel who was based in Zurich. A third stream developed and is known as “Anabaptism” from Menno Simmons who was from Holland.

            All three groups saw Habakkuk 2:4 as quoted in Galatians 3:11 and Romans 1:17 as the correct teaching that a person is declared righteous by God because of faith, not because of works.

            There is a third quote of Habakkuk 2:4 in the New Testament that is lesser known, yet still important. While Romans 1:17 used “righteous” to describe salvation as faith opposed to work, and Galatians 3:11 used “live” to describe faith opposed to legalism and Law, Hebrews 10:38 quotes Habakkuk 2:4 focusing on “faith” and its role in our sanctification. The context in Hebrews is faith persevering under pressure. In other words, you don’t leave your faith when times get hard, instead it’s your faith that allows you to endure and grow. This quotation in Hebrews 10:38 is most like Habakkuk’s use.

            Now that we understand the context and have examined cross references of Habakkuk 2:4, let’s look at its constant message. Tough times are coming for Judah, but they will only endure by faith. God is assuring Habakkuk that it is by the faith and godly lifestyle of the innocent that they will be preserved through coming oppression. 

            From Habakkuk’s prophecy we learn that it’s by faith we live.By faith we live spiritually and by faith we live physically. By faith we enter the heavenly kingdom of God and by faith we endure the earthly kingdom.

            As Habakkuk utters these words the Babylonians probably think they’re getting away with what they’re doing. But God has something to say.  

            How can we make it through the rest of the month when we are out of money? By faith in God. How do we know how to parent a strong-willed child? By faith in God. When the church we are a member of encounters severe financial troubles how do we know what to do? We learn on faith in God. We  learn on and rely on our faith in God. This is because “the righteous will live by faith.”


[1] The Hebrew word, kasdim, is translated as “Chaldeans” (Hab 1:6) in the NASB but this group of people is better known by another name: Babylonians (see NIV and NLT). The Babylonians were a tribe within the Assyrian Empire that rose up and overtook the Assyrian Empire. Nabopolassar rose up into power in 625 BC and Nebuchadnezzar inherited the powerful kingdom in 605 BC. See B. T. Arnold, “Babylon” (pp. 53-60) edited by Mark J. Boda and Gordon J. McConville, Dictionary of the Old Testament: Prophets (Downers Grove, IL; Inter-Varsity Press, 2012), 59.

[2] J. Ron Blue says this verse “sparkles like a diamond in a pile of soot. In the midst of God’s unrelenting condemnations of Babylon stands a bright revelation of God’s favor” (J. Ronald Blue, “Habakkuk,” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures, ed. J. F. Walvoord and R. B. Zuck, vol. 1 [Wheaton, IL: Victor Books, 1985], 1513).

[3] Some translations read “faithfulness” (NIV, NEB, focusing on the aspect of the word that can mean moral steadfastness.

[4] This verse appears to be a deliberate echo of Gen 15:6. See O. Palmer Robertson, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah, The New International Commentary on the Old Testament (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1990), 178.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

17. While We Wait for God (Hab 2:2-3)

December 9, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

It’s hard to wait for things that we know are good. My friend Justin spent five years getting his bachelor’s degree and six years getting a master’s degree in preparation to become a pastor. After searching for a pastor job for several months he became discouraged, sad, and even angry. I remember him expressing frustration, “I thought God wants me to be a pastor, but I don’t know why it’s so difficult to find a job! I’m tired of waiting! Why would God lead me through that entire process of preparation and training and leave me hanging?” It’s hard to wait for God to intervene when we want God to do things that we know are good.

            Habakkuk was experiencing this same frustration in 607 BC. Habakkuk was waiting for God to restore Judah back to its loyal devotion to God it once had. He was waiting for God to intervene in his circumstances.

            In Habakkuk 2:2–3 we read about God’s plans for the future. Habakkuk tells us, “Then the Lord answered me and said, ‘Record the vision and inscribe it on tablets, that the one who reads it may run’” (Hab 2:2).[1] This revelation from God is going to be a tangible reminder—like a wedding ring or a necklace given by a loved one—to remind Habakkuk about a commitment that is made. God tells Habakkuk to preserve that message,“Record the vision and inscribe it on tablets.” This suggests its importance. It had to be preserved so they probably recorded it on tablets of baked clay. God tells Habakkuk to publicize that message. “That the one who reads it may run.” That phrase tells us this was a clear message because the one running can read it. In other words, the one who has read it can easily share the message with others. This is most likely the meaning here. God’s telling Habakkuk or whoever else, “Read this, then run and put it into action.”

            God has something he wants written down for future generations (Hab 2:2), but he also has something to work out at a future time (Hab 2:3). God reveals to Habakkuk, “For the vision is yet for the appointed time; it hastens toward the goal and it will not fail. Though it tarries, wait for it; for it will certainly come, it will not delay” (Hab 2:3). It was important for Habakkuk to record this because it has future implications. We learn, “the vision is yet for the appointed time.” That appointed time is going to be described in detail in Habakkuk 2:6–20. We also learn about the certainty of this declaration from God, “It hastens toward the goal and it will not fail.” This plan will occur. God is 100 percent accurate 100 percent of the time. It’s our responsibility to wait.

            From Habakkuk’s prophecy we learn that by faith we wait.[2] Most of us understand the necessity of waiting for things to occur. When we plant seeds we know we must wait for them to grow into plants. When we teach kids to read we know it requires instruction, practice, and repetition. If we want to improve our health we know it involves eating healthy and exercising over months and years.

            But sometimes when it comes to God—because we know God is powerful and can do anything—we don’t like to wait for his intervention. We want him to change things instantly.

            That’s why it’s important we learn that it’s by faith that we wait. Sometimes we have to wait for a new job, a spouse to come to know the Lord, or to have a baby. We might say, “God I need a new job that pays better so that I can save for retirement or give more to church.” Or maybe we plead, “God I want my spouse to become a Christian so that I see her when I get to heaven.” Perhaps we ask, “God I want a child so I can raise him or her up to love you and honor you.” Those are all good things, but it’s hard to wait for God to work on those things.

            We might not know how those things will be accomplished, but it’s by faith we wait. Pastor and writer Mark Hitchcock said this when preaching from Habakkuk, “In the Bible faith is never in contrast to reason, faith is in contrast to sight.”[3] We trust God to do good works, but we might not see how he’s going to do them. Wewait on the Lord, rather than moving on our own strength or according to our own timeline. We do this because we know God, love God, and trust God. That’s why it’s by faith we wait on God.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Habakkuk hears from God in 607 BC, yet God won’t fulfill his promise until 539 BC when king Cyrus of Persia invades Babylon.

[3] Mark Hitchcock, “Just Live by Faith” (Habakkuk 2:1-4) from July 24, 2016. https://faithbibleok.subspla.sh/t7sqqgc Accessed May 4, 2023.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

16. Living by Faith (Hab 2:2-20)

December 9, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

All of us have experienced our perspective changing over time because of the position or role in which we find ourselves.

Perhaps we started a job as a regular employee with many great ideas about how to better run the organization, fix problems, and improve it. But later when we became a manager or supervisor we realized, based on our new position, that many of those great ideas we had as an employee wouldn’t work as a manager. Maybe as a kid we didn’t like our parents and disagreed with what they did. But when we became a mother or father we then saw the wisdom in what our parents did. Politicians usually campaign on a set of changes they want to make when elected into office. But when elected they often realize what they wanted to accomplish is impossible or not practical after learning how government works. 

            Let me propose—if I may—that it can be like that with God too. The things we think God should do are not seen that same way from God’s perspective. The way we believe God should intervene in a situation from our perspective on earth is different than the God’s perspective from heaven.

            Habakkuk was experiencing this in 607 BC.  In chapter one Habakkuk questions God’s inactivity. Habakkuk essentially asks in Habakkuk 1:2–4, “How long will evil continue and when will you stop it?” Next we read God’s first answer to Habakkuk in Habakkuk 1:5–11. God essentially responds, “I’m going to stop it, I know what’s going on, and you’ll be surprised how.” Therefore Habakkuk asks a second question in 1:12—2:1. He questions God’s inconsistency and basically asks, “Why use greater sinners against less sinners?”

            In Habakkuk 2:2–20 we read God’s second answer to Habakkuk. If we were to summarize these nineteen verses into one big idea it would be this: God responds to Habakkuk with a message about the future, a message for the faithful, and a message for Babylon. In Habakkuk 2:2–20 we learn that righteous standing starts and continues by faith in God.

            In this section we will read Habakkuk 2:4 which is one of the most well-known and frequently quoted verses from Scripture. While God has declared his plans for the wicked (Hab 2:4a, 5), God declares his plans for the righteous saying, “But the righteous will live by his faith[1]” (Hab 2:4b).[2] The late theologian John Walvoord says this verse is “not only the central theme of Habakkuk but of the entire Scripture.”[3] Faith should be the central theme of our lives just as it is the central theme of Scripture.[4]

            By faith we wait, by faith we live, and by faith we suffer. Faith is the key topic of Habakkuk 2:2–20. We might have ideas, based on our perspective on earth, about what God should do. But when God’s plans, based on his perspective in heaven, doesn’t make sense then we live by our faith in him.   


[1] Some translations read “faithfulness” (NIV, NEB, focusing on the aspect of the word that can mean moral steadfastness.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] John Walvoord, Every Prophecy of the Bible (Colorado Springs, CO: David C Cook, 1990), 308.

[4] I agree with the assessment of Taylor Turkington who writes, “The phrase ‘live by faith’ has benn stitched on enough pillows to fill a city and drained of it’s real meaning. It’s depth has turned into fluff, meaning something like ‘just keep believing good things will happen’” (Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World [Brentwood, TN: B&H Publishing, 2023], 66).

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

15. Waiting on God (Hab 1:12-2:1)

December 7, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Most of us don’t like to wait for things. We’re taught waiting is bad. We’ve been trained that waiting is an enemy. We have ATMs that give us instant cash, same day deliveries from Amazon, meals made in minutes, and movies that appear instantly on our electronic devices when we want them. Bible teacher and author Jen Wilkin states, “Being able to wait is distinctly Christian. In fact, it’s a mark of Christian maturity.”[1] We as Christians can wait and be confident.

            I hope that reading through the book of Habakkuk, especially Habakkuk 1:12—2:1, causes us to admire the man Habakkuk. In this section Habakkuk expresses his confidence in God, “Are You not from everlasting, O Lord, my God, my Holy One?” (Hab 1:12a).[2] Yet Habakkuk also expresses his questions of God, “Your eyes are too pure to approve evil, and You can not look on wickedness with favor. Why do You look with favor on those who deal treacherously? Why are You silent when the wicked swallow up those more righteous than they?” (Hab 1:13). Lastly, we read Habakkuk’s conclusion, “I will stand on my guard post and station myself on the rampart; and I will keep watch to see what He will speak to me, and how I may reply when I am reproved” (Hab 2:1).

            In her book, Trembling Faith, Taylor Turkington summarizes Habakkuk 1:12—2:1 this way, “Habakkuk’s outburst doesn’t feel like a model prayer in the Bible. His appeal erupts with questions and dissent. So I’m glad that we’re never called to stuff our emotions; we can bring the confusion, grief, and protest to God, even if it gets fiery.”[3] I like what she writes next, “It’s wonderfully clear God can take it.”[4] We find Habakkuk waiting for God’s reply. He wants to honor God and see God’s people change their lifestyle. Yet he has to wait for God’s reply.

            Scripture sometimes teaches us the value of waiting. King David wrote in Psalm 5:3, “In the morning, O Lord, You will hear my voice; in the morning I will order my prayer to You and eagerly watch.” The sons of Korah tell us in Psalm 85:8, “I will hear what God the Lord will say; for He will speak peace to His people, to His godly ones; but let them not turn back to folly.”

When we wait for God’s reply sometimes the answers come immediately. But most of the time God reveals those answers much later—sometimes months or years pass—then we finally get an answer from God. Eventually he reveals why he’s done what he did in our lives, why he caused us to endure what we went through, and why he allowed people to say certain things. While we wait for God’s reply we can have confidence in the eternal God (Hab 1:12–13), confidence that we achieve nothing without God (Hab 1:14–17), and confidence that God will reply (Hab 2:1). Habakkuk learned this, and I hope we can learn it too.


[1] Jen Wilkin, “Waiting on the Word,” Christianity Today, April 2022, p. 30.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 51.

[4] Ibid.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

14. Waiting for God (Hab 2:1)

December 6, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Cities in the seventh century BC were often built with stone towers on top of the city walls so a watchman could easily see approaching visitors. That’s the imagery[1] Habakkuk uses when he says, “I will stand on my guard post and station myself on the rampart; and I will keep watch to see what He will speak to me, and how I may reply when I am reproved” (Hab 2:1).[2] The context of this verse is Habakkuk asking questions about God’s characteristics (1:12–13), the Babylonians (1:14–17), and now we see Habakkuk’s determination to wait.[3]

            Let’s take a note of three characteristics of Habakkuk as he concludes his questions of God. The first is that he’s standing (v. 1a). It’s easy when experiencing struggles to get discouraged and sink down into confusion and hopelessness. Instead Habakkuk stands up, holds his head high, his eyes are open, and he’s looking out. The second is he’s watching (v. 1b). Habakkuk compares himself to a watchman that keeps his eyes open for approaching messengers or danger. The third is he’s waiting (v. 1c). Habakkuk waits patiently for divine revelation and braces himself for a rebuke.

            Old Testament scholar O. Palmer Robertson writes that Habakkuk “will not attempt to reconcile in his own mind the apparent contradiction between the election of Israel by God as the object of his special love and the devastation of Israel at the hands of the rapacious Chaldeans as ordered by the Lord himself. He will not resort to the sources of human wisdom. Instead, he will watch for an answer that can come from the Lord.”[4]

            Habakkuk expects to get a reply. Sometimes only God can answer our questions. One lesson we learn from this passage is this: we have confidence that God will reply. When God replies he might correct us or comfort us, but we should have confidence that he will reply to us. And we need a place to go to wait for his reply just as Habakkuk did.

            We need a place to get above the mess we are in and a place to escape from the distractions we face. It might be quiet time in the morning with coffee, a Bible, and a journal. It might be late at night after everyone is sleeping when you can quietly pray. Maybe you sneak away in the middle of the day and go sit in your car on your lunchbreak while at work.

            When we encounter tough times we usually respond to God in two ways. One response is to leave God. When we leave God we withdraw from Sunday worship, stop attending a weekly Bible study, quit giving, or discontinue serving. Another response we might have when we encounter tough times is to lean into God. When we lean into God we rigorously study his Word more, seek counsel from Godly friends or family, and spend more time in fellowship with church people.

            I want to encourage you to lean into God. God knows what you’re going through, he knows what you’re feeling, and he knows what to do. You can be confident that he will reply. Difficult situations require a certain level of human responsibility. If God speaks, we must be ready to listen. And when we lean into God it shows Him that we are ready to listen and that we are ready for his correction or his comfort.


[1] Other prophets used a similar image of a watchtower to explain their attitude of expectation (Isa 21:8; Jer 6:17; Ezek 3:17; 33:2, 33)

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] The verse designations in our Bible were not originally placed there by the writers. Instead, they were added much later. https://bible.org/question/how-and-when-was-bible-divided-chapters-and-verses

[4] O. Palmer Robertson, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah. The New International Commentary on the Old Testament (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1990),165.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

13. Nothing Without God (Hab 1:14-17)

December 5, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

In their classic book, Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership, authors Samuel Rima and Gary McIntosh teach, “Pride seems to be one of the constant components of every human personality that irresistibly begins early in life to drive us.”[1] I think we all understand how pride can become part of our lives if we are not careful. The Babylonians, without reverence for God, had become prideful and God humbled them due to their pride.

            In Habakkuk 1:12—2:1 the prophet Habakkuk is sharing his concerns with God. God has told Habakkuk that God is sending the Babylonians to punish the evil and wicked people of Judah (Hab 1:5–11). Thus far we have read about Habakkuk’s declaration about God (1:12–13), now we will read Habakkuk’s description of the Babylonians (1:14–17).

            Habakkuk tells us about the helplessness of humanity by using the analogy of fishing, “Why have You made men like the fish of the sea, like creeping things without a ruler over them?” (Hab 1:14).[2] This is an analogy because fish have no leader and they’re easy to catch. These fish represent human society to the Babylonians. In other words, Judah is as helpless as fish and they will be easy to catch without a leader.

            Habakkuk tells us about the catch of the sea for the Babylonians, “The Chaldeans[3] bring all of them up with a hook, drag them away with their net, and gather them together in their fishing net. Therefore they rejoice and are glad” (Hab 1:15). The Babylonians had a tradition of driving a hook through the lower lip of their captives, stringing them together, and then walking them together in a single-file line as their captives.[4]

            The haughtiness of the Babylonians is seen in how they believe in themselves, “Therefore they offer a sacrifice to their net and burn incense to their fishing net; because through these things their catch is large, and their food is plentiful” (Hab 1:16).  The Babylonians attributed their success to their own military might, worshipped what brought them success, loved their livelihood, enjoyed their luxury, and they lived by the plunder of the people that they conquered. Those helpless fish they gathered up indiscriminately and caught in their net were their life.

            The haughtiness of the Babylonians is also seen in how they battle anyone they want, “Will they therefore empty their net and continually slay nations without sparing?” (Hab 1:17). They fill the net, empty it, then fill it again.

            As we read about the arrogance and self-reliance of the Babylonians it reminds us as Christians about an important principle we follow: We have confidence that we achieve nothing without God. The pride of the Babylonians we read here matches what we read earlier in this chapter, “Then they will sweep through like the wind and pass on. But they will be held guilty, they whose strength is their god” (Hab 1:11). The Babylonians believed everything they achieved was because of their might. Their strength was their god. They believed that what they achieved was because of their effort. As a result they did not acknowledge God in heaven that allowed them to do what they did. And that’s why God will eventually bring them down.

            That same attitude can creep into our lives as believers if we’re not careful. If we’re not careful we might start to depend on our connections, creativity, experience, education, family, or innovativeness.

            Chip Ingram and Chris Tiegreen accurately describe this tendency: “The Bible and history are filled with people who started out in humility and trust and, after doing great things or becoming great leaders, ended up proud and independent. The more gifts, talents, power, and blessings we have, the greater the temptation hubris becomes. And the more our drive for affirmation has to be fed.”[5] We as Christians must remind ourselves that God is provider and sustainer of everything that we achieve and have. Everything we have is God’s blessing to us.

            All of our success is God’s provision for us. A parent might hear from a teacher that her kids are doing excellent in school. Give God the credit! Someone working in food service might receive grateful compliments from the people she is serving food. Praise God for the honor of doing the work! A mechanic on a car might receive good reviews online for his work. Let the glory go to God!

            I started working at Lakeview Missionary Church in July of 2021 during COVID. Many people were not attending church in person at that time, but within two years church attendance had doubled. I had no other choice than to attribute the growth to God. When I started people were not attending church in person because of fear of COVID, but two years later the COVID pandemic was almost over and people were worshipping God in person again. It was good for me to remind myself that the increase in attendance was only because of the change of COVID fears, not because of anything I had done.  

            It’s important to praise God when things go well because it’s our human nature to attribute our success to our work instead of to God. The Swiss reformer John Calvin once wrote it was “necessary that God should empty us by his special grace, that we may not be filled with this satanic pride, which is innate, and which cannot by any means be shaken off by us, until the Lord regenerates us by his Spirit.”[6] Let’s remind ourselves that we have confidence we achieve nothing without God.


[1] Samuel Rima and Gary McIntosh, Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership: How to Become an Effective Leader by Confronting Potential Failures (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2007), 60.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] The “Chaldeans” were a tribe within the Assyrian Empire that rose up and overtook the Assyrian Empire. Nabopolassar rose up into power in 625 BC and Nebuchadnezzar inherited the powerful kingdom in 605 BC. The Chaldeans were the original tribe name of the nation known as the Babylonians.

[4] Numerous commentaries cite this. O. Palmer Robertson, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah. The New International Commentary on the Old Testament (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1990), 163 and Thomas Constable, Notes on Habakkuk, 2023 edition, p. 23. Accessed May 27, 2024, https://planobiblechapel.org/tcon/notes/pdf/habakkuk.pdf. Both Constable and Robertson cite the W. Rudolph, Micha-Nahum-Habakuk-Zephanja (sic), KAT 13/3, second edition (Gütersloh: Gerd Mohn, 1975), 211. Also see the “Stele of victory from Susa” which depicts enemies caught in a net from 2371-2316 BC (Cultural Backgrounds Study Bible, [Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2019], 1551).

[5] Chip Ingram with Chris Tiegreen, Spiritual Simplicity: Doing Less, Loving More (Brentwood, TN: Howard Books, 2020), 70.

[6] John Calvin and John Owen. Commentaries on the Twelve Minor Prophets (Bellingham, WA: Logos Bible Software, 2010), 52.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

12. Confidence in God (Hab 1:12-13)

December 4, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

There are some questions that expect a positive reply[1] and Habakkuk’s question in Habakkuk 1:12a is one of those, “Are You not from everlasting, O LORD, my God, my Holy One?” (NASB)[2] While it appears as a question, it is actually a declaration in the form of a question.[3] This is a rhetorical question that expects the answer, “Yes of course.”[4] This rhetorical question is voiced by Habakkuk as he wrestles with the message that God is going to send the wicked Babylonians to Judah to punish the people of Judah for their unfaithfulness to God.

            With this perspective let’s read Habakkuk 1:12–13 and note a few key words. “Are You not from everlasting, O LORD, my God, my Holy One? We will not die. You, O LORD, have appointed them to judge; and You, O Rock, have established them to correct. Your eyes are too pure to approve evil, and You can not look on wickedness with favor. Why do You look with favor on those who deal treacherously? Why are You silent when the wicked swallow up those more righteous than they?”

            The name of God deserves our attention. “LORD” is used two times in Habakkuk 1:12. It’s in all capital letters in our English translation which tells us it’s a translation of YHWH[5] (or transliterated as Yahweh[6]) and was the covenant name of God (Exod 3:14). The use of this name for God by Habakkuk indicated God’s covenant faithfulness and would evoke confidence in the original hearers. Other English forms of God’s name based on the Hebrew are “God” from Elohim and “Lord” from Adonai.

            The titles for God deserve our attention. Habakkuk calls God “Holy One” (v. 12b). This title describes how God transcends the affairs of people and nations. He will not allow sin to go unpunished. Habakkuk also calls God “Rock” (v. 12e).This title views God as a place where someone can go for safety from danger. It evokes feelings of permanence and stability.

            The attributes of God deserve our attention. Habakkuk describes God as “everlasting” (v. 12a).This was a reminder of the Lord’s saving history in Israel. Next Habakkuk describes God’s “eyes” (13a). This is an “anthropomorphism” which is the attribution of human features to God. Here it describes God’s omnipotence in how he sees everything going on in the world.

            The activities of God deserve our attention. We read that God has “established them to correct” (v. 12e). God is going to use the Babylonians to punish, but they will not overstep God’s sovereign will. (This was the message of God to Habakkuk in 1:5–11.)

            Lastly, the attitude of Habakkuk deserves our attention. Habakkuk almost seems relieved to know God is active, but God had not responded the way Habakkuk wanted. This is important to note: Habakkuk does not question that God punish Judah, but Habakkuk does question how God will use an evil nation to punish Judah.

            Habakkuk 1:12–13 reminds us of an important reality in the Christian life which is this: we have confidence in the eternal God. For Habakkuk things are not looking good, but Habakkuk still believes God is good. Thingshave been bad for 300 years in Israel and Judah, and they are not getting better. Yet Habakkuk still has confidence in the eternal God as seen in Habakkuk’s addresses to God as “Lord” “Holy One” “Rock” and “Everlasting.” Pastor John MacArthur writes, “Although the prophet could not fully comprehend the sovereign workings of his righteous God, he expressed his complete faith and trust.”[7] While the devastation of divine judgement was terrible, Habakkuk drew hope and consolation from God’s holiness and faithfulness.

            When we read about God’s potential judgment we should reflect on God’s promises to Israel. Scripture written before the book of Habakkuk said God would remain faithful to Abraham’s family based on God’s covenant with Abraham (Gen 17:2–8; 26:3–5; 28:13–15). Scripture also revealed that God would remain faithful to Israel as they were the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob (Exod 3:3–15; Deut 7:6; 14:1–2; 26:16–18). Furthermore, God said he would remain faithful to the house of David by always having a descendant of David on the throne (2 Sam 7:12–29).[8]

            While those were promises given to Israel then, God also gives promises to believers living today. God promises that nothing will separate us from his love (Rom 8:38–39). God promises that he will adopt us as sons and daughters (Gal 3:26–27). These promises give us confidence in the eternal God.

            In Washington we sometimes experience snow and icy conditions in parking lots. One important element of walking on ice is to look for parts of a parking lot or sidewalk that do not have ice. When walking you look for the solid parts and step there. You avoid the slippery spots and walk on the solid parts. In a similar way, we focus on the elements of God we know for sure. We don’t know everything about God, but we stick with what we do know. Pastor J. Vernon McGee once said, “My friend, do not be disturbed if you are not thinking as God thinks. You are not God. Unfortunately many folk try to take His place.”[9] As we experience difficult trials in our lives let’s remind ourselves that we are not God. He has all the answers, we do not. He has a plan, we might not know that plan. But we can have confidence in God because of what we know about God.


[1] Habakkuk 1:12 begins with the interrogative particle, halo.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] J. Ronald Blue explains, “In Hebrew, the form of the question-O LORD, are You not from everlasting?-requires an affirmative reply. It is as much a declaration as an interrogation” (J. Ronald Blue, “Habakkuk,” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: An Exposition of the Scriptures, ed. J. F. Walvoord and R. B. Zuck, vol. 1 [Wheaton, IL: Victor Books, 1985], 1511).

[4] The NET Bible (Biblical Studies Press, 2005).

[5] According to one lexicon it occurs 6,823 times in the Old Testament (Brown, Francis, Samuel Rolles Driver, and Charles Augustus Briggs. Enhanced Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew and English Lexicon. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1977).

[6] Some believe it comes from the verb, “to be” in Hebrew.

[7] MacArthur Study Bible (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1996), 1289.

[8] Richard Patterson, Habakkuk, Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, vol. 10 (Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House, 2008), 412.

[9] J Vernon McGee, Nahum and Habakkuk, Thru the Bible Commentary Series, vol. 30 (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1991), 80.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

11. God Questions (Hab 1:12-2:1)

December 4, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The book of Habakkuk is often called a “theodicy.” A theodicy is an “attempt to defend God’s omnipotence and goodness in the face of the problem of evil in the world.”[1] The book of Habakkuk tells the story of a man, Habakkuk, asking God about the evil he sees occurring in his country and in the neighboring nations. It also reveals the struggles that Habakkuk has with what he sees and what he believes God should be doing.

            Many of us probably have the same questions that Habakkuk asked. Questions such as, “God do you know what’s going on? God when will you intervene? God why don’t you do something? God if you are good why do you allow evil, pain, and suffering?”

            In the book of Habakkuk we don’t get all of those answers at once. Just as each of the four gospels give us a portrait of Jesus from a different side and with a different emphasis, the book of Habakkuk answers our questions in a series of steps building upon each other. Each step gets us closer to understanding who God is and why he chooses to do what he does in the way he does it.

            The first chapter of Habakkuk reveals Habakkuk’s problems. Habakkuk 1:1 serves as an introduction, and then we read about Habakkuk’s first question in Habakkuk 1:2–4 which we could summarize this way: “How long will evil continue and when will you stop it?”In these three verses Habakkuk questions the inconsistency of God’s actions and God’s character.[2]

            Next in Habakkuk 1:5–11 we read God’s first answer to Habakkuk which could be summarized in this way: “I’m going to stop the evil, I know what’s going on, and you’ll be surprised how.” God tells Habakkuk that he will use the ungodly people of Babylon to purify his people (Judah) who are acting ungodly.

            But God’s first answer raised a new problem for Habakkuk and that’s what we’ll examine together in upcoming weeks. Habakkuk’s second question of God in 1:12—2:1 questions the apparent inconsistency of God’s character. Habakkuk asks why God would use the more serious sinners (Babylonians) to punish the less serious sinners (Judah).

            I agree with Taylor Turkington who writes, “Habakkuk’s outburst doesn’t feel like a model prayer in the Bible. His appeal erupts with questions and dissent. I’m glad that we’re never called to stuff our emotions; we can bring the confusion, grief, and protest to God, even if it gets fiery. It’s wonderfully clear that God can take it.”[3]

            And to be honest, Habakkuk has good reason to be puzzled. In 722 BC the Assyrian army arrived in Israel in the north and wiped out the ten tribes. As a result Israel was eliminated from the ancient Near Eastern landscape. Habakkuk naturally wondered in 607 BC if that might be the same fate of the two tribes in the south known as Judah.

            Habakkuk is perplexed that the eternal holy God would send a nation more wicked than Judah to punish Judah. In the coming weeks we’ll look at Habakkuk’s declaration about God (1:12–13), description of the Babylonians (1:14–17), and determination to wait (2:1).


[1] Page Brooks and D. A. Neal, “Theodicy,” ed. John D. Barry et al., The Lexham Bible Dictionary (Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016).

[2] Christopher L. Scott, “Wondering and Waiting: Habakkuk 1:1-4” in Word & Deed, vol XXVI Number 2 May 2024, 93-101.

[3] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 51.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

10. Gospel News (Hab 1:5-11)

December 3, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The word “gospel” means “good news.” It comes from the Old English word, godspel which consisted of two words: god which meant “good” and spell which meant “tale.”[1] In modern days we use the word—gospel—to summarize the saving work of Jesus Christ. One Bible dictionary I have in my office defines gospel this way “The gospel is the joyous proclamation of God’s redemptive activity in Jesus Christ on behalf of humans enslaved in sin.”[2]

            Everyone loves to hear good news, but the believers in Judah during the time of Habakkuk have been told bad news. God tells Habakkuk that God will send the Babylonians to punish Judah for their evil and wickedness. But when we read God’s message to Judah we need to be careful as we shift that message to us.

            We learned from Habakkuk 1:5 that God is sovereign in how he deals with all people. God surprises the people of Judah and in the process reminds them about God’s sovereignty. Scripture makes it clear that God is sovereign in how he deals with all people. He knows what is going on. He understands the world in which we live. And he is working things out according to his plan.

            We learned from Habakkuk 1:6–10 that God is just in how he deals with Israel in a specific way. God had a unique relationship with Israel. He made a promise with Abraham marking out one family and one nation (Gen 11:10—Exod 18:27).[3] God also gave the Mosaic Law which was 613 laws for a life of obedience following God (Exod 19:1—Acts 1:26).[4] I say all of this because we—as Americans—shouldn’t insert ourselves into these prophecies in Habakkuk because God hasn’t made a promise with America like he did Israel.

            We learned from Habakkuk 1:11 that God is gracious in how he deals with us in a different way.  In the book of Acts the gospel is directed toward the Jews (Acts 1—10) and then to the gentiles (Acts 11—28). It’s clear in the book of Acts that God is no longer using one nation—Israel—to display his glory. Now all people have access to God through one man: Jesus Christ (Acts 13:31–41).

            We live in the time of grace. We interact with God because of the grace offered to us. We are not interacting with God based on the law that was given to Israel. We don’t have the same obligations as Israel under the law because we are gentiles living in the age of grace.

            Christ coming to the earth displayed God’s grace of salvation. Under grace the responsibility of man is to accept the gift of righteousness offered freely through Jesus Christ to all people. That is what we call the good news of the gospel.

But now apart from the Law the righteousness of God has been manifested, being witnessed by the Law and the Prophets, even the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ for all those who believe; for there is no distinction; for all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God, being justified as a gift by His grace through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus (Rom 3:21–24)[5]

            There are two important elements of the time of grace. One is that we get blessed through grace. Another is that grace is offered to all. God no longer is dealing with one people—Israel—now he is interacting with all mankind (as seen from Acts 2:1 through Revelation 19:21).[6]

            That’s the news that is good news. God loved the world so much that he gave his Son, through the nation of Israel, to offer salvation to all the world. And faith in his Son gives eternal life. That’s news that is good.


[1] Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th ed (Springfield, MA: Merriam-Webster, Inc., 2003), 540.

[2] R.H. Mounce, “Gospel” (pp. 512-515), Evangelical Dictionary of Theology, 2nd edition, edited by Walter A. Elwell, Baker Reference Library (Grand Rapids: Baker Books, 2001), 513.

[3] Charles Ryrie, Dispensationalism (Chicago, IL: Moody, 2007), 61-63.

[4] Ibid., 63-64.

[5] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[6] Ryrie, Dispensationalism, 64.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

9. Grace Time (Hab 1:11)

December 2, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

While we don’t remember every scene in every movie we watch, we often remember the climax. Luke Skywalker destroys the Death Star when he shoots two proton torpedoes into a small exposed opening. Marty McFly goes back to the future when lightning hits the clock tower simultaneously powering his DeLorean time machine. Lightning McQueen decides to help “The King” get to the finish line instead of winning the Piston Cup. Each of those are memorable climaxes for movies most of us have seen.

            While Habakkuk 1:5 was the introduction of God’s oracle and Habakkuk 1:6-10 was the explanation of that oracle, now we see Habakkuk 1:11 is the climax: “Then they [Babylonians] will sweep through like the wind and pass on. But they will be held guilty, they whose strength is their god.”[1]

            We see that the Babylonians will reign and only God will stop them. As one Bible teacher has said, “God may seem to be strangely silent and inactive in threatening circumstances. He sometimes gives unexpected answers to our prayers. And He sometimes uses unlikely instruments to correct His people.”[2] That unlikely instrument is the nation of Babylon. But we also see that the Babylonian’s source of their reign will be temporary. The phrase, “whose strength is their god” indicates that their strength will be their demise. Their might will cause their downfall.

            In Habakkuk 1:6–10 we learned that God is just in how he deals with Israel in a specific way. What we learn from Habakkuk 1:11 is that God is gracious in how he deals with us in a different way. Let’s look at Acts 13:39–41 to see how God interacts with us differently now than he did with Israel then:

And through Him [Jesus] everyone who believes is freed from all things, from which you could not be freed through the Law of Moses. Therefore take heed, so that the thing spoken of in the Prophets may not come upon you: “Behold, you scoffers, and marvel, and perish; for I am accomplishing a work in your days, a work which you will never believe, though someone should describe it to you.”

            Let me explain the significance of these three verses. While there are different ways to outline the book of acts,[3] I want to emphasize the gospel outline in which the gospel is directed toward the Jews (Acts 1—10) and then to the gentiles (Acts 11—28). God makes it clear in the book of Acts that God is no longer using one nation—Israel—to display his glory. No longer is Israel the mediator. Now all people have access to God through one man: Jesus Christ.

            When Christ died on the cross he fulfilled the law. The end of that law is why we don’t sacrifice a lamb at the end of our church services, why we worship on Sunday(the day of the resurrection) not Saturday(the day of the Sabbath), and why we don’t practice the feasts of the Old Testament. We live in the time of grace. We interact with God because of the grace offered to us. We are not interacting with God based on the law that was given to Israel. We don’t have the same obligations as Israel under the law because we are gentiles living in the age of grace.

            What implications do we experience because of that grace? If we forgot to pray this morning we don’t have to worry about God sending lightening to strike and correct us. God is not going to give us all red lights on our way to work on Monday to punish us for forgetting to put our tithe check in the offering plate on Sunday. We don’t worship a fickle god that has petty disagreements with us. We worship a God that gave his Son to die for us and his desire is that we place our faith in his Son and obediently follow him. That’s what it means to live in the age of grace.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Thomas Constable, Notes on Habakkuk, p. 21.

[3] There’s a geography outline focusing on what occurs in Jerusalem (Acts 1—7), Judea (Acts 8), and Samaria (Acts 9—28). There’s also a ministry outline profiling the ministry of Peter (Acts 1—12) and Paul (Acts 13—28).

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

Marketing Basics for Busy Church Staff

December 1, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

“I did not know there was a woman’s conference in October,” said a group of ladies at a denominational district meeting I attended last month. About five women (out of the ten attending) shared that they had not heard about the event the denomination had planned. In fact, one woman lived in the town where the conference occurred.  

            That story illustrates, I think, the need for a new type of marketing that exists now in our culture.[1] People are busy and have many different ways information is communicated to them. People receive print mail, phone calls, text messages, emails, Facebook updates, Instagram posts, X tweets, direct messages, app notifications, and many other methods of communication.

            What do churches do with this new situation we find ourselves in as we try to promote our ministries and events to people that are too busy to hear us? Oh yes, and did I mention you (as a church staff worker) are still expected to prepare sermons, visit church members in the hospital, prepare a pretty bulletin each week for the church worship services, organize volunteers for the kids ministries, make sure the bills are paid for the church utilities, and get trained on how to ethically use Artificial Intelligence!?

            In light of this dilemma, I’d like to share with you a few tips on improving your marketing at your church as well as a checklist you can follow to ensure you maximize the promotion your church ministries and events receive. Everything I share in this article could be summarized in this way: communicate information in different formats to different audiences. A good example of this is seen in the book of Ezra.

Communication Methods in the Old Testament

The Israelites lived in a culture that had a common practice of conveying information in different ways and forms. We see examples of this ancient Near Eastern practice in Ezra 1, Ezra 6, and on the famous Cyrus Cylinder.

            In Ezra 1 we learn about king Cyrus of Persia who grants permission for a group of his captives, the Israelites, to return to Judah.[2] We read about this decree in Ezra 1:2–4,

Thus says Cyrus king of Persia, “The Lord, the God of heaven, has given me all the kingdoms of the earth and He has appointed me to build Him a house in Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Whoever there is among you of all His people, may his God be with him! Let him go up to Jerusalem which is in Judah and rebuild the house of the Lord, the God of Israel; He is the God who is in Jerusalem. Every survivor, at whatever place he may live, let the men of that place support him with silver and gold, with goods and cattle, together with a freewill offering for the house of God which is in Jerusalem.”[3]

            This message we have recorded in Ezra 1:2–4 is a specific form of a more generalized proclamation that Cyrus had made to many different groups of captives he had under subjection.

            We know about that general proclamation as it was placed on a clay cylinder—the Cyrus Cylinder—written in Babylonian cuneiform. The Cyrus Cylinder was discovered in 1879 by Assyro-British archaeologist Hormuzd Rassam in the foundations of the Esagilia (the temple of the god Marduk in Babylon). The Cyrus Cylinder is currently located on display in the British Museum in London.

            While the Cyrus Cylinder does not mention the Israelites who were allowed to return to Judah, most scholars believe the Cyrus Cylinder is the general decree of the king. In other words, there would have been many specific decrees given to the different captive groups that Cyrus had inherited when he overtook the Babylonian empire. Thus the Israelites would have been one of those groups that received a special decree, and that special decree is what’s recorded in Ezra 1:2–4.

            It’s also important to note that Ezra 1:2–4 was the Hebrew verbal proclamation. That proclamation was first in Aramaic, the trade language of the day, and then written down in a longer form. But at first these proclamations were given verbally and in short form to get the word out, then written down later and sometimes expanded more with technical language or details added to the first brief verbal declaration.

            As we turn the pages of our Bible we read about the same decree of Ezra 1:2–4 appearing in a different form with a different focus. Ezra 6:3–5 reads,

In the first year of King Cyrus, Cyrus the king issued a decree: “Concerning the house of God at Jerusalem, let the temple, the place where sacrifices are offered, be rebuilt and let its foundations be retained, its height being 60 cubits and its width 60 cubits; with three layers of huge stones and one layer of timbers. And let the cost be paid from the royal treasury. Also let the gold and silver utensils of the house of God, which Nebuchadnezzar took from the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon, be returned and brought to their places in the temple in Jerusalem; and you shall put them in the house of God.”

            At first glance Ezra 6:3–5 appears to refer to a separate decree from the decree in Ezra 1:2–4. While Ezra 1:2–4 focuses on permission to return to Jerusalem, Ezra 6:3–5 focuses on permission to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem.[4] Ezra 6:3–5 is also different than the decree of Cyrus in Ezra 1:2–4 possibly because Ezra 6:3–5 was an official administrative written record not an oral proclamation.

            Ezra 1, Ezra 6, and the Cyrus Cylinder reveal a common and accepted practice in ancient Near Eastern cultures: information was often communicated in different formats (verbally, written on a scroll, and on a clay cylinder) while also being slightly altered (a general decree for all captives, a specific decree for the return of the Jews, and a specific decree for permission for the Jews to rebuild their temple).

Two Tips to Communicate Information Effectively

With that said, I would like to encourage you, as a busy staff person at a church, to adopt a similar practice. Find ways to communicate your information in different formats to different audiences. If we follow this practice from the ancient Near East, here are two marketing tips for busy church staff.

  1. Place all information where people can go and get it when they want. Aggregate all of your church’s announcements and information into one central location so that when people decide they need to know about something, they can always go and find out about it. The best place is probably on your website, possibly a monthly newsletter, or maybe a weekly e-mail that you send to the church.
  2. Consistently deliver that information following a schedule. This might be in your weekly announcements that you share verbally. Perhaps you do this through pre-service and post-service slides that are displayed on the church screens for people to see. Maybe it’s a daily Facebook post about different things going on within your church community. For our church I send a weekly e-mail update every Wednesday at 9:00 AM with all information about upcoming ministries and events at our church.[5] Regardless of the method you choose, find a way that you can consistently and regularly distribute that information to people.

A Basic Checklist of Marketing Methods  

While those are a few tips to help you market your ministries among the busyness of your church life, here’s a basic checklist you can use to help you as you prepare and promote ministries for your church. Simply ask yourself these following questions:

  • Has this information been inserted into our weekly bulletin six weeks in advance?
  • Have we placed this information on our website or a location people can easily find it if they need it?
  • Have we included this information in our emails sent to our church?
  • Have we posted this information on Facebook?
  • Is there a local newspaper or community calendar we need to tell about this ministry, event, or service?
  • Have we posted this information onto X and Instagram?
  • Are there any local Christian radio stations that might like their listeners to know about what we’re doing?
  • Is there a sign in the front of our church building that we can use to advertise this event or ministry?
  • Are there specific people that might be interested in this that we should call on the phone and talk to about this?
  • Is there a way for us to convey this information by text message to people in our church?
  • Have we prepared pre-service and post-service slides that we can show on the screens both before and after our worship gatherings?
  • Is there a way we could create a brief video about this event so people can “watch” and “listen” about it instead of read about it?

            Our churches need to assume a new position of marketing our ministries and events. This new method consistently and comprehensively tells our people about things they want to know about and should know about. But in order to do this effectively (for our audience) and efficiently (for us as church staff), we must communicate information in different formats to different audiences.


[1] I think this story also reveals an assumption, expectation, and perhaps even an entitlement that people have now: “If I didn’t know about something it’s your fault.” It doesn’t matter if the organization sent five emails, made four Facebook posts, and shared three Instagram images about an event because if a person didn’t open the emails (because she said she receives too many), did not see the Facebook posts (because she hasn’t accepted invitations to “like” or “follow” the page), and didn’t come across the Instagram posts (because she doesn’t have time for one more social media platform), then it’s the organizations fault that she didn’t know about the event, not her fault.

[2] While Cyrus arrives abruptly in our Bible, he had enjoyed a slow and steady rise to power for twenty years prior to this. When he ascended the throne in Persia it was a small kingdom. (Persia we now know as Iran.) In 559 BC he became king of Anshan. Over time he conquered Media and Lydia. Then continued and eventually controlled what we now know today as Israel, Jordan, Syria, Turkey, Iraq, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Russia. This man led a small nation to become the most powerful empire in the world and change world history. His tomb is in the Fars province of Iran at the cite of the ancient Persian city of Pasargadae.

[3] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[4] See Gary V. Smith,  Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, vol. 5b (Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2010), 61–62.

[5] You can view samples of what I send out each week by visiting www.LakeviewMissionaryChurch.com and clicking on the “view the past email updates here.”

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

8. How America Is Different Than Israel (Hab 1:6-10)

November 29, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

When we think of disciplining someone usually there is an instrument by which we discipline him or her. We might put a child in timeout, we might take someone’s driver’s license away if he gets a DUI, or we might force a person to resign after repeated failures in her job.      

            As God answers Habakkuk’s questions God reveals the instrument he will use to discipline Judah. Habakkuk asks God questions in Habakkuk 1:1–4 about how God will deliver justice for the evil and wickedness Habakkuk sees in Judah. God’s answers are recorded in Habakkuk 1:5–10. Habakkuk 1:5 is an introduction to the oracle of judgement[1] and Habakkuk 1:6–10 is the explanation.

            God’s explanation includes destruction by the Babylonians.[2] “For behold, I am raising up the Chaldeans” (Hab 1:6a).[3] The Hebrew word, kasdim, is translated as “Chaldeans” in the NASB but this group of people is better known by another name: Babylonians. The Babylonians were a tribe within the Assyrian Empire that rose up and overtook the Assyrian Empire. Nabopolassar rose to power in 625 BC and Nebuchadnezzar inherited the powerful kingdom in 605 BC.[4] This was surprising for two reasons. One, that a small group within the nation of Assyria could rise up and overtake Assyria. Two, that God would allow a foreign nation which was wicked and evil to punish the nation of Judah.

            God’s explanation includes a description of the Babylonians. Their size is described, “That fierce and impetuous people who march throughout the earth to seize dwelling places which are not theirs” (Hab 1:6). Their status is described, “They are dreaded and feared; their justice and authority originate with themselves” (Hab 1:7). Their speed is described, “Their horses are swifter than leopards and keener than wolves in the evening. Their horsemen come galloping, their horsemen come from afar; they fly like an eagle swooping down to devour” (Hab 1:8). Their success is described, “All of them come for violence. Their horde of faces moves forward. They collect captives like sand” (Hab 1:9). Their scoffing is described, “They mock at kings and rulers are a laughing matter to them. They laugh at every fortress and heap up rubble to capture it” (Hab 1:10).

            What we learn from God’s response to Habakkuk’s questions is that God is just in how he deals with Israel in a specific way.  God had a unique relationship with Israel. He made a promise with Abraham marking out one family and one nation (see Gen 11:10—Exod 18:27).[5] God also gave the Mosaic Law which was 613 laws for a life of obedience following God (see Exod 19:1—Acts 1:26).[6]

            The goal of the law was to make Israel unique, “and you shall be to Me a kingdom of priests and a holy nation” (Exod 19:6).[7] Before Moses died he gave two promises to Israel. The first promise was for blessings on the nation of Israel if they followed God’s laws faithfully (Deut 28:1–14). The second promise was of curses that would come upon Israel if they disobeyed God and his word (Deut 28:15–68).[8]

            I say all of this because we—as Americans—shouldn’t insert ourselves into these prophecies in Habakkuk because God hasn’t made a promise with America like he did Israel.[9] While God is just in how he deals with Israel in a specific way, he is gracious in how he deals with us in a specific way. That will be the topic of next week’s article on Habakkuk 1:11.


[1] The word, “oracle” (מַשָּׂא) in Habakkuk 1:1 literally means “burden” and is “a pronouncement or message from God to people.” Leland Ryken, Symbols and Reality (Wooster, OH: Weaver Book Company, 2016), 31. In the Old Testament there are three types of oracles:Judgement, blessing, and salvation (Ryken, Symbols and Reality, 32-43.).

[2] Outline for this section is slightly adapted from J. Ron Blue, “Habakkuk” in Bible Knowledge Commentary: Old Testament, edited by John Walvoord and Roy Zuck (Colorado Springs, CO: David C. Cook, 1985), 1510.

[3] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[4] B. T. Arnold, “Babylon” (pp. 53-60) edited by Mark J. Boda and Gordon J. McConville, Dictionary of the Old Testament: Prophets (Downers Grove, IL; Inter-Varsity Press, 2012), 59.

[5] Charles Ryrie, Dispensationalism (Chicago, IL: Moody, 2007), 61-63.

[6] Ibid., 63-64.

[7] “Their role thenceforth would be to mediate or intercede as priests between the holy God and the wayward nations of the world, with the end in view not only of declaring his salvation but also of providing the human channel in and through whom this salvation would be effected.” (Eugene H. Merrill, Kingdom of Priests, 2nd ed. [Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2008], 98.

[8] There are four times as many curses as there are blessings, either to follow ancient Near Eastern treaties or to foreshadow the future failure of Israel to keep the covenant.

[9] Israel’s prophets warned them that God would allow Gentiles to overrun Judah because of their disobedience to God (Deut 28:49–50; 1 Kings 11:14, 23; Jer 4; 5:14–17; 6:22–30; Amos 6:14), but the people did not believe this would happen (Jer 5:12; 6:14; 7:1–34; 8:11; Lam 4:12; Amos 6). Therefore God allowed Gentile nations to conquer them. God was doing to Israel what he told Israel he would do if they refused to return to him. God was dealing with them because God had warned them.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

7. He Who Is Sovereign (Hab 1:5)

November 28, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

No one likes discipline. The word might even make you cringe a little bit (at least it did for me). The word—discipline—in verbal form means “to punish or penalize for the sake of discipline.”[1] As a noun the word means “training that corrects, molds, or perfects the mental faculties or moral character.”[2]

            Habakkuk has asked, “How long O Lord, will I call for help, and You will not hear?” (Hab 1:2). God’s answer to that question is that he is going to discipline his people. Habakkuk 1:5 serves as an introduction to God’s oracle of judgement[3] against the evil of the nation of Judah, its kings, its people, and its priests. God tells Habakkuk, “Look among the nations! Observe! Be astonished! Wonder! Because I am doing something in your days— You would not believe if you were told”[4] (Hab 1:5). God breaks the silence Habakkuk endured revealing that God has been doing something. When the text says “Look” and “Observe” and “Be Astonished!” and “Wonder!” those are all plural imperatives[5] in the Hebrew text that emphasize two things. First, there is an urgency of what is commanded that they look and take note. Second, as plurals these words are addressed to the nation of Judah, not only to the prophet Habakkuk.

            Habakkuk is learning God has not been idle while Habakkuk asked his question. Habakkuk is learning God’s silence does not equal indifference. Bible teacher Taylor Turkington explains, “God was not passive. He had not been distracted by other things and missed the chaos happening in Judah. No, God answered this man of faith by telling him to look at what he was going to do; God was doing something they wouldn’t believe.”[6] God was already working on specific plans. But God’s answers were not what Habakkuk wanted. Habakkuk had thought God would turn the people in Judah from wickedness to righteousness. He thought God would turn the people to the temple and away from pagan gods. He thought God would turn the king to God and away from idolatry.

            What we learn from God’s response to Habakkuk’s questions is that God is sovereign in how He deals with all people. God surprises the people of Judah and in the process reminds them about God’s sovereignty. The late Warren Wiersbe explained, “God gave Habakkuk a revelation, not an explanation, for what we always need in times of doubt is a new view of God. The Lord doesn’t owe us any explanations, but He does graciously reveal Himself and His work to those who seek Him.”[7] This new view is that God is sovereign.

            Theologian John Fienberg defines sovereignty this way, “God’s power of absolute self-determination … God’s choices are determined only by his own nature and purposes…. God’s sovereign will is also free, for nobody forces him to do anything, and whatever he does is in accord with his own purposes and wishes.”[8]

            We know God is sovereign for several reasons. We know God is sovereign from Scripture. Psalm 103:19 tells us, “The LORD has established His throne in the heavens, and His sovereignty rules over all.” And 1 Chronicles 29:11 reveals, “Yours, O LORD, is the greatness and the power and the glory and the victory and the majesty, indeed everything that is in the heavens and the earth; Yours is the dominion, O LORD, and You exalt Yourself as head over all.” We also know God is sovereign from His names in Scripture, “God Most High” (Gen 14:18–20), “God Almighty” (Gen 17:1), “Master & Lord, Jesus Christ” (Jude 4). And we know God is sovereign from world history, “you O king, are the king of kings, to whom the God of heaven has given the kingdom, the power, the strength and the glory; and wherever the sons of men dwell, or the beasts of the field, or the birds of the sky, He has given them into your hand and has caused you to rule over them all” (Dan 2:37–38).

            Scripture makes it clear that God is sovereign in how He deals with all people. Kenneth Barker comments on Habakkuk 1:5:

The Lord’s answer indicates his sovereignty. He is not bound by the listener’s whims or by their standards of “fairness.” He responds according to his sovereign will. He is the Lord of history who works in history to accomplish his purpose. Habakkuk’s questions reflect the questions of many people. Especially when we deal with personal affronts, difficulties, and disappointment, we desire to know where God is and what he is doing. Habakkuk reminds us that God is at work even if it appears He is not. He is the Lord of the universe who works to accomplish his purposes in his world and in our lives. [9]

He knows what is going on. He understands the world in which we live. And he is working things out according to the plan he has.


[1] Merriam-Webster, Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th ed. (Springfield, MA: Merriam-Webster, Inc., 2003), 356.

[2] Ibid.

[3] The word, “oracle” (מַשָּׂא) in Habakkuk 1:1 literally means “burden” and is “a pronouncement or message from God to people.” (Leland Ryken, Symbols and Reality [Wooster, OH: Weaver Book Company, 2016], 31). In the Old Testament there are three types of oracles:Judgement, blessing, and salvation (Ryken, Symbols and Reality, 32-43.).

[4] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[5] An imperative in Hebrew is “urgent or demanding immediate, specific action on the part of the addressee” (Bruce Waltke and M O’Connor, An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew Syntax [Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, 1990], 571).

[6] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 39.

[7] Warren Wiersbe, Be Amazed (Colorado Springs, CO: David C. Cook, 2012, 2nd edition), 136-137.

[8] John Feinberg, No One Like Him (Wheaton, IL: Crossway, 2006), 294.

[9] Kenneth L. Barker, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, vol. 20. The New American Commentary (Nashville: Broadman & Holman, 1999), 302.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

6. Our Reminder That God Is God (Hab 1:5-11)

November 27, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

We’ve all heard news that was too good to be true. Statements on the radio or TV tell us: “You’ll never have to pay an energy bill again after you put solar panels on your house,” or “Drinking a glass of water before bed will cause you to lose thirty pounds in a month,” and my personal favorite, “This kind of chocolate is healthy and good for you.”

            While those statements are too good to be true, the people living in Judah in 607 BC were about to receive news that was too bad to be true. When they heard it they might have said, Could you repeat that? or I heard what you said, but it was so odd, I must have misunderstood you.

            Habakkuk 1:1-4 recorded the cry and concern Habakkuk shared with God. Habakkuk pleaded with God to do something about the evil, wickedness, and violence that Habakkuk saw occurring in the nation of Judah. In Habakkuk 1:5-11 we read God’s response to Habakkuk.

Look among the nations! Observe! Be astonished! Wonder! Because I am doing something in your days— You would not believe if you were told. “For behold, I am raising up the Chaldeans, That fierce and impetuous people Who march throughout the earth To seize dwelling places which are not theirs. They are dreaded and feared; Their justice and authority originate with themselves. Their horses are swifter than leopards And keener than wolves in the evening. Their horsemen come galloping, Their horsemen come from afar; They fly like an eagle swooping down to devour. All of them come for violence. Their horde of faces moves forward. They collect captives like sand. They mock at kings And rulers are a laughing matter to them. They laugh at every fortress And heap up rubble to capture it. Then they will sweep through like the wind and pass on. But they will be held guilty, They whose strength is their god. (Hab 1:5–11)[1]

            When we ask questions of God, we have to be ready for His answers. We might not like those answers, but God is faithful. He will respond when we ask, even if we don’t like what we hear. The response from God that we don’t like or don’t want to hear is a reminder that God is God and we are not. It’s a reminder that He’s in charge and we are not. It’s a reminder that He’s the leader and we are the followers. It’s a reminder that He’s the master and we are His servants.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

5. Our Limited View of God (Hab 1:1-4)

November 27, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Sometimes we experience pain and suffering which we do not cause. When we suffer we need to remember that our viewpoint is limited. Our limited viewpoint of pain and suffering compared to God is similar to our understanding of the shape of the earth prior to 1931.

            For more than a thousand years we knew the earth was round, but we could not prove that the earth was round. We knew it intellectually, but we could not prove it physically. That was until 1931 when Captain Albert Stevens, an officer in the U.S. Army Air Corps, took his airplane to 21,000 feet above the earth and took a picture of the Andes Mountains in front of him which are 22,838 feet above the earth. If the earth was flat the Andes Mountains should have been level or slightly above the horizon of his picture which he took from 287 miles away. But the Andes mountains were well below the horizon of his picture, thus serving as the first physical evidence that the earth was round.[1] For years we knew intellectually that the earth was round, but we couldn’t prove it or see it physically.

            And that’s sometimes how it works for us when we as Christians are in pain and suffering. We know that God is good, loves us, and has a plan. But it’s hard to endure pain and suffering because we can’t see His plan. We can’t see the whole picture that God is painting.

            The prophet Habakkuk asked many of the same questions we ask and said many of the same things we probably say. Habakkuk has said, “I call for help” (1:2a). Habakkuk wonders, “You will not hear?” (1:2b).[2] Habakkuk laments to God, “You do not save” (1:2c). Habakkuk sees, “iniquity . . . wickedness . . . destruction . . . violence (1:3). Habakkuk concludes that “justice is never upheld” (1:4).

            But we can trust that in the future after we’ve endured pain and suffering, that God will show us the full picture and we will understand his perspective. In her book on Habakkuk, Trembling Faith, Bible teacher Taylor Turkington explains it this way. “The grieving prophet models for us how to respond to evil. So we pay attention instead of looking away, lament instead of numbing out, and ask with expectation instead of avoiding God altogether.”[3]

            Habakkuk is going to experience this as he expresses his questions and frustrations with God. Reading Habakkuk’s cry (1:2–­3) teaches us that questions of God should occur in the  context of trust of God. Reading Habakkuk’s concern (1:4) teaches us that questions of evil and suffering should acknowledge we live in a fallen world. Next week we will read God’s answer (Hab 1:5–­11) to Habakkuk’s cry and concern. God’s answer will surprise Habakkuk and it will surprise us as well.


[1] “90 Years of Our Changing Views of Earth,” NASA. https://www.nasa.gov/feature/90-years-of-our-changing-views-of-earth Accessed May 30, 2023.

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 27.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

The Abundant Gratitude of Grateful Christians

November 26, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Many families will gather around tables this weekend, hold hands, and express gratitude for the things and people in their lives. I think this is great because it’s easy to get focused on tasks and forget to slow down and say “thank you” to the people that mean the most to us. We also live in a culture where we are regularly told to be discontent with what we have, and the purpose of that is to sell us things that we do not have. This is even more reason for us to slow down and express gratitude to people in our lives.

           The apostle Paul writing from prison to the believers in Philippi began his letter by saying, “Every time I think of you I give thanks to my God” (Phil 1:3, NLT).[1] The apostle Paul uses several different verbs throughout his letters to express the idea of gratitude and thankfulness. One commentator suggests that Paul does this forty-six times in his letters.[2]

           Here are some examples (with my added emphasis) of gratitude that Paul expresses in his different letters. “Let me say first that I thank my God through Jesus Christ for all of you, because your faith in him is being talked about all over the world” (Rom 1:8, NLT). “I always thank my God for you and for the gracious gifts he has given you, now that you belong to Christ Jesus” (1 Cor 1:4, NLT). “We always pray for you, and we give thanks to God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (Col 1:3, NLT). “We always thank God for all of you and pray for you constantly” (1 Thess 1:2, NLT). “How we thank God for you! Because of you we have great joy as we enter God’s presence” (1 Thess 3:9, NLT). “Dear brothers and sisters, we can’t help but thank God for you, because your faith is flourishing and your love for one another is growing” (2 Thess 1:3, NLT). “Timothy, I thank God for you—the God I serve with a clear conscience, just as my ancestors did. Night and day I constantly remember you in my prayers” (2 Tim 1:3, NLT) “I always thank my God when I pray for you, Philemon,” (Philemon 4, NLT).

           Paul had no hesitation expressing his gratitude to the people he ministered to and with. Likewise, we should have no hesitation either. I hope we can carve out (see what I did there?) some time to express our gratitude to people this week. Let’s take time to send someone a card, make a phone call, or send a text message this Thanksgiving weekend so that he or she knows we appreciate him or her.

           The apostle Paul expressed his gratitude regularly and I think it’s good that we do the same.


[1] Holy Bible, New Living Translation, copyright © 1996, 2004, 2015 by Tyndale House Foundation. Used by permission of Tyndale House Publishers. All rights reserved.

[2] Peter T. O’Brien, The Epistle to the Philippians, The New International Greek Testament Commentary (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans. 1991), 56.

Filed Under: Thanksgiving Articles

4. What We Do When We See Suffering (Hab 1:4)

November 25, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

National pride and patriotism are something most Americans have for their country. We are grateful for a democratic government, see the benefits of a capitalist economy, and believe America is a great place to live. But when those values in our country erode often people experience sadness and disappointment.

            Habakkuk was struggling with a similar sadness and disappointment as he watched the godly values of Judah vanishing. Habakkuk’s neighbors, fellow priests, and political rulers were practicing wickedness and had abandoned God. Habakkuk tells God, “Therefore the law is ignored And justice is never upheld. For the wicked surround the righteous; Therefore justice comes out perverted” (Habakkuk 1:4).[1]

            The “law” here is the Hebrew word, torah, which was the authoritative teaching of God’s Old Testament that revealed God’s will and was supposed to direct the life of God’s people in righteousness.[2] Bible teacher Taylor Turkington explains, “The word for ‘law’ here speaks to what should be ruling in society, the law of the land. It also speaks to God’s teaching for his people’s spiritual and moral formation.”[3] But apparently the law was “ignored” and had no effect on the people. The rulers were not administering justice to those that needed it. Corruption and lawlessness were everywhere. But how bad was it?

            Habakkuk lived under King Jehoiakim[4] of Judah who killed innocent people who opposed him, refused to pay poor laborers (2 Kings 23:35-37; Jer 22:13-19), killed Uriah the prophet for prophesying that Jerusalem would fall (Jer 26:20-23), and burned the prophet Jeremiah’s hand-written prophecy (Jer 36). Furthermore, prophets and priests were known to commit adultery and abuse their authority under his rulership (Jer 23:1-2, 9-11).[5]

            What we learn from reading Habakkuk 1:4 is that questions of evil and suffering should acknowledge we live in a fallen world. One of the modern Christian myths we need to extinguish is that if we become Christians all our problems will go away. When we become Christians our spiritual problem of separation from God is fixed, but there’s still the problem that we live in a fallen world. We live in a world that does not follow God’s laws and that is ruled under Satan’s program (John 12:31; 2 Cor 4:3-4). This means we need to acknowledge that the world in which we live in is sinful, and that sinful world pollutes our lives.

            When things don’t go the way we think they should we need to remind ourselves that there is injustice in this world.

            We need to remind ourselves that the sin of the Old Testament still effects us today. In the book of Genesis Adam and Eve committed the original sin (Gen 3), then Cain kills Abel (Gen 4), then God sends the Flood to wipe out the earth because of sin (Gen 6), then God disseminates the people because they were prideful wanting to build a tower to the heavens (Gen 11), then God wipes out Sodom and Gomorrah because of the sin there (Gen 18). That’s a lot of sin for only half of one book of the Bible! And if that’s not bad enough for you, read the book of Judges, 2 Kings, or Jeremiah.

            Pain, evil, and suffering are the fault of the world we live in, not God. God gave us the freedom to make choices and a byproduct of that freedom means sometimes we make decisions that hurt us. Sometimes our choices hurt us, but those are easier to wrestle with because we know who to blame: us. But when other people’s decisions effect us negatively, those are the hard situations to endure.

            Habakkuk was probably a priest in the temple that taught the Law, led singing (Hab 3:19), and enjoyed a good life in Jerusalem. But as we will learn from Habakkuk 1:5-11, God is going to send the nation of Babylon to punish Judah for their sins. Nothing Habakkuk has done has caused God’s punishment to come on Judah, yet Habakkuk still has to endure it.

            When I lived in Texas I knew a guy who raised his daughter to love God and follow God. She graduated college and married a man that wanted to be a pastor. She supported him as he went to seminary and served in his first pastor position. But after he had been a pastor a few years he felt like he should be in the Air Force instead of being a pastor. Again she supported him and his decision to leave Christian ministry to join the Air Force and pursue his dream to be a pilot. Soon she found herself alone with their three kids while her husband was flying around the world in the Air Force with his female copilot. It wasn’t too much longer till the man announced he felt he wasn’t supposed to be married to his wife, instead he believed he was supposed to marry his female copilot. The woman I knew found herself divorced, alone, and caring for her three children while the ex-husband was flying around the world with his new wife.

            May I say something clearly and directly? Nothing that woman did caused her to have to experience the hurt she has had to endure. She did everything right. She chose a spouse that loved God, she supported him through Seminary, she supported him as a pastor, she supported his dream to be a pilot in the Air Force, yet she was divorced and had to raise three kids by herself.

            When we have questions about suffering like this we simply need to acknowledge that we live in a fallen world. It is not fair. It doesn’t feel right. When we see evil and suffering it’s okay to feel hurt, but we should not be surprised.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] One Bible commentary notes, “When used in the singular without clear definition, as here, torah signifies God’s covenantal code established with Israel, given through Moses and set forth particularly in the book of Deuteronomy (e.g., Dt 1:5; 4:8; 17:18-19; 31:9; 33:4; Jos 8:31-32).” Carl E. Armerding, “Habakkuk,” in The Expositor’s Bible Commentary: Daniel–Malachi (Revised Edition), edited by Tremper Longman III and David E. Garland, vol. 8 (. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2008), 611.

[3] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 21.

[4] Jehoiakim ruled in Judah 609-605 BC under Egypt’s oversight and 605-601 BC under Babylon’s oversight

[5] Adapted from J.K. Bruckner, “Habakkuk, Book of” in Dictionary of the Old Testament: Prophets, edited by Mark Boda and J. Gordon McConville (Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2012), 294-301, specifically p. 296.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

Inductive Bible Study Questions

November 24, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

This is a format I’ve used in small group settings to lead inductive Bible studies. This format has been adapted from various people over the years. (I’ve included footnotes to reference borrowed material.[1])

I pray this sheet is helpful for you. You can download a PDF version here.

OBSERVATION – What does the text say? What do I see?

~Use six “lures” by asking: Who? What? Where? When? Why?[2]

~Look for six “things”: emphasized, repeated, related, alike, unlike, true to life.[3]

1. What is the “big idea” of __________? Summarize these verses into one sentence. How does that one sentence align with your “big idea” you wrote on your chart of this book?

2. List some of the important subjects, verbs, objects, adjectives, prepositions, and conjunctions that stood out to you from __________. What stood out to you and why? How do your observations of the key words or phrases relate to the entire book of __________?

3. Are there any people or places listed in __________? If so, briefly list those below.

4. What tone is this author speaking in? Loving, strict, encouraging, etc.? Explain your answer.

INTERPRETATION – What does the text mean?

~Pay attention to the genre (narrative, poetry, letter, etc.), literal or figurative language, context of the passage, cultural backgrounds.

~Think through the cultural gaps of politics, religions, economies, legal laws, agriculture, clothing customs, domestic roles, geography, military, and social customs.[4]

~Search for cross-references in Scripture that describe these same events, topics, or people, and see what they reveal about the passage you are studying.[5]

5.

6.

7.

8.

APPLICATION – How do I apply it?

~Nine questions to ask: 1. Is there an example for me to follow? 2. Is there a sin to avoid? 3. Is there a promise to claim? 4. Is there a prayer to repeat? 5. Is there a command to obey? 6. Is there a condition to meet? 7. Is there a verse to memorize? 8. Is there an error to mark? 9. Is there a challenge to face?[6]

9. List two principles for Christian living that you learned from ___________.

  •                                                                                                                                                             .
  •                                                                                                                                          .

10. What is something you are going to do this week to apply what you have learned? Pick a verse from __________ that will help you with your application and memorize that verse.


[1] Robert Traina, Methodical Bible Study (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1980).

[2] Howard Hendricks and William Hendricks, Living by the Book (Chicago, IL: Moody, 2007), 94-98.

[3] Hendricks, Living by the Book, 145-173.

[4] Roy Zuck, Basic Bible Interpretation(Colorado Springs, CO: David C. Cook, 1991), 80-90.

[5] Charles Swindoll, Searching the Scriptures (Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale, 2013), 135-158.

[6] Hendricks, Living by the Book, 338-342.

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

3. Habakkuk’s Cry (Hab 1:2-3)

November 24, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

One of the blessings of our Christian faith is that we are permitted to approach God and ask Him questions. Author Lee Eclov has written, “I’ve worn a path in the carpet leading to the throne of grace.”[1] Many of us have approached God with our struggles, questions, and frustrations.

            The prophet Habakkuk had likely worn out a path to God’s throne to ask God questions. We learn about those questions in Habakkuk 1:2-3, “How long, O Lord, will I call for help, And You will not hear? I cry out to You, ‘Violence!’ Yet You do not save. Why do You make me see iniquity, And cause me to look on wickedness? Yes, destruction and violence are before me; Strife exists and contention arises.”[2]

            Habakkuk is perplexed by wickedness he sees in Judah. He wonders why God doesn’t do something about it. Based on these two verses it’s clear Habakkuk has been asking these questions for a while,[3] but he’s not getting a response. Habakkuk is frustrated and wonders what was going on.[4]

            Bible teacher and author, Taylor Turkington, comments on this verse, “Habakkuk may appear brash to us as he accuses God of dallying instead of saving. But Habakkuk’s prayer wasn’t impertinent; it was like a child, scared and hurting, asking for help from a devoted parent. An intimate dialogue with a trusted God. His neighbors were pulled into forced labor. His family was taxed with little left. The Word of God was ignored, and godly worship was twisted to do whatever served the powerful.”[5]

            In verses two and three we see Habakkuk pile up synonyms as he describes what was going on among the people in Judah. Habakkuk says there was “violence” (vv. 2, 3), “iniquity” (v. 3), “wickedness” (v. 3), “destruction” (v. 3), “strife” (v. 3), and “contention” (v. 3).[6] Habakkuk’s issues were with his neighbors in the city of Jerusalem, his fellow priests, and political rulers under whom he served.

            Habakkuk 1:2-3 reveals the hurting heart of Habakkuk. He has not received an answer from God, he sees wickedness continue in his nation, he feels like God is distant, and he probably feels alone.

            We learn from Habakkuk 1:2-3 that questions of God should occur in the context of trust of God. Throughout Scripture there are many examples of people asking God questions but not getting answers. David (Pss 13:1-4; 22:1, 11, 19-20), Asaph (Pss 74:1-2, 10-11), and the Sons of Korah (Pss 88) are just a few of the examples from the Psalms.

            When we read about Habakkuk and see other examples of people asking God questions but not receiving answers it reminds us that our questions should focus on God’s work, not God’s character. We question what God does, not who God is. We can question God’s actions, but we should never question His deity. Additionally, our questions should be directed toward God. We should talk to God, not about God to others. We should complain to God, not about God to others. It’s okay to ask questions such as: “God, are you doing your job?” “God, it feels like you don’t care?” “God, I wonder if you are paying attention?” “God, are you taking a day off?” I believe we can say these things and still be respectful for who God is even if we question what He does.

            We can trust God because of His character. We know God is omniscient (all-knowing), omnipotent (all-powerful), and holy (just and perfect). Yet, the more we know Him, the more we trust Him. It is important we understand God’s silence is not a sign of His indifference or inactivity (Dan 10:12-14). In the midst of our struggles, sufferings, and problems we need to recognize the long-range plans that God has and trust that God is orchestrating these long-range plans even when they don’t make sense at the beginning.

            We must remember God sees the whole picture and we cannot. It’s okay to ask Him questions, but those questions occur within a context of trust.


[1] Lee Eclov, Shepherding the Shepherd: Devotions for a Pastor’s Soul, vol. 2 (Carol Stream, IL: Christianity Today, 2023), 26

[2] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[3] The phrase, עַד־אָ֧נָה indicates that the wicked conduct has continued for a long time without God stopping it (Carl Friedrich Keil, The Twelve Minor Prophets, vol. 2 [Grand Rapids, MI: Wm B. Eerdmans, 1949], 56).

[4] Habakkuk has probably been trying to fix the situation. If Habakkuk had lived in today’s world he probably would have given sermons, taught classes, held seminars, conducted counseling, sang songs, wrote “letters to the editor,” and possibly conducted PR campaigns to try to get the people to return back to God from their wicked ways. 

[5] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 19–20.

[6] Charles Ryrie says “the strife and contention was between the Jewish people themselves, not with their enemies.” Ryrie Study Bible (Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 2012), 1117, emphasis original.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

2. What do we know about Habakkuk? (Hab 1:1)

November 23, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Who was the man Habakkuk? We are introduced to Habakkuk in chapter one, the first verse. “The oracle which Habakkuk the prophet saw” (Habakkuk 1:1, NASB).[1] We know nothing about his family or heritage. We don’t get his hometown, nor are we told about the kings in power when he spoke (often called a “superscription” in prophetic books).

            The name “Habakkuk”[2] (חֲבַקּ֖וּק) only shows up two times in the Bible (Hab 1:1; 3:1). But the book of Habakkuk is quoted several times in the New Testament. Paul quotes Habakkuk 2:4 in Romans 1:17 as well as Galatians 3:11. The author of Hebrews quotes Habakkuk 2:4 in Heb 10:38. Paul quotes Habakkuk 1:5 in a sermon that Luke records in Acts 13:41.

            While nothing in Scripture describes Habakkuk, we can make some conclusions about him from what we read. Habakkuk likely was an officially ordained prophet who was part of the temple liturgical singing. He appears well educated, deeply sensitive, and based on his literary style he was as much of a poet as a prophet.[3] He also was probably a composer of music or led worship in the temple based on the musical notations of Hab 3:19. Habakkuk likely wrote this book in 607-604 BC under king Jehoiakim (Jer 22:15-17; 2 Kings 23:34-24:5). This means Habakkuk lived in the final dark days of the southern nation of Judah.[4]

            The word, “oracle” (מַשָּׂא)[5] literally means “burden” and is “a pronouncement or message from God to people.”[6] In the Old Testament there are three types of oracles:Judgement, blessing, and salvation.[7] The book of Habakkuk is an oracle of judgement against the evil of the nation of Judah, its kings, its people, and its rulers.

            The book of Habakkuk is unique among the prophets in the Old Testament. Most Old Testament prophets brought God’s messages to the people, Habakkuk brings the people’s questions to God. While most prophets in the Old Testament preached about divine judgment, Habakkuk pleaded for divine judgment. While most prophets of the Old Testament shared God’s concerns with Judah, Habakkuk shares Judah’s concerns with God. And that starts in verses two and three which we will examine next week.


[1] Scripture taken from the New American Standard Bible, Copyright The Lockman Foundation 1960, 1962, 1963, 1968, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1975, 1977, 1995. Used by permission.

[2] Some believe his name means “embracer” or “embraced.” Others believe his name is from an Akkadian term for a garden plant (Tremper Longman III and Raymond Dillard, An Introduction to the Old Testament, 2nd ed.[Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2006], 463).

[3] J. Ron Blue, “Habakkuk” in The Bible Knowledge Commentary: Old Testament, edited by John Walvoord and Roy Zuck (Colorado Springs, CO: David C. Cook, 1985), 1508.

[4] Sin was ruling in the land. The rulers were not administering justice to those that needed it. Corruption and lawlessness were part of the situation they were living under. But how bad was it? Habakkuk lived under King Jehoiakim of Judah. Jehoiakim ruled in Judah 609-605 BC under Egypt’s oversight and 605-601 under Babylon’s oversight. During his rule Jehoiakim killed innocent people who opposed him, refused to pay poor laborers (2 Kings 23:35-37; Jer 22:13-19), he killed Uriah the prophet for prophesying that Jerusalem would fall (Jer 26:20-23), and he burned the prophet Jeremiah’s hand-written prophecy (Jer 36). Furthermore, prophets and priests were known to commit adultery and abuse their authority under his rulership (Jer 23:1-2, 9-11). This material on the kings during Habakkuk is adapted from J.K. Bruckner, “Habakkuk, Book of” in Dictionary of the Old Testament: Prophets, edited by Mark Boda and J. Gordon McConville (Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2012), 294-301, specifically p. 296.

[5] The NLT translates it as “message” and the NIV as “prophecy.”

[6] Leland Ryken, Symbols and Reality (Wooster, OH: Weaver Book Company, 2016), 31.

[7] Ryken, Symbols and Reality, 32-43.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

1. Meet Habakkuk

November 22, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Most of us have been mesmerized by the pictures we’ve seen of our earth taken from space. Those pictures from space reveal the beautiful oceans, the various continents, the perfectly round shape of the earth, as well as the clouds and weather we can see developing on earth. It looks like the most beautiful place in the galaxy. The earth from those pictures looks peaceful, clean, and calm. Those pictures of our world are nothing but majestic.

            Yet, while the earth looks so beautiful when you are tens of thousands of miles away, those of us that live on earth don’t see the same beauty. When we live on earth we live in the midst of a different world. When we live on earth we see dust blown up by the wind, violence among animals, pollution from creation, injustice by humans, sadness in our communities, and we see suffering.

            In the midst of this we often ask God: Do you know what’s going on? When will you intervene? Why don’t you do something? If you are good why do you allow pain, suffering, and evil?

            The Old Testament book of Habakkuk was written 2600 years ago (in 607 BC), yet it deals with a modern problem and common questions we all experience. The book of Habakkuk answers our questions because Habakkuk was asking the same questions then that we ask now. Thankfully, we don’t just read about Habakkuk’s questions, we read about God’s answers.

            For the next several weeks I plan to share a series of articles from the book of Habakkuk. I encourage you to read this book and familiarize yourself with it before we discuss it together in these weekly updates. It’s only three chapters and I think you will find the book insightful and relevant.

            In her book, Trembling Faith, Taylor Turkington writes, “Habakkuk does something different–he invites us into his conversation with God, like we’re sitting in on his prayer meeting. We have a front-row seat to Habakkuk’s wrestling, listening, bravery, and gritty faith.”[1]

            As you read the book of Habakkuk here are some questions to ponder:

How would you summarize this book in one sentence?

What themes or topics do you see mentioned in each chapter?

If you had to give a title or heading to each chapter, what would they be?

            May the Lord bless you as you do your own inductive study of His Word.


[1] Taylor Turkington, Trembling Faith: How a Distressed Prophet Helps Us Trust God in a Chaotic World (Brentwood, TN: B&H, 2023), 15–16.

Filed Under: Articles from Habakkuk

A Theology of Pastoral Ministry

November 17, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

My personal theology of pastoral ministry directs and orients my life to be a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world. It is something that I have thought through, lived out, and participated in for three years now based on my study of scripture, input from mentors, and books that I have read. In this paper I will explain how my theology of pastoral ministry is lived out in my life as a pastor, who God is, ministry, humanity, and the church.

An important element of being a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world is to live out my role as a pastor. When thinking through what it means to be a pastor the word “shepherd” comes to mind as a great biblical example of the role of serving as a pastor within any context. The definition of a shepherd is “one who took complete care of a flock or sheep.”[1] The Greek word for shepherd is “poimen” which means “taking care of sheep. They [the various forms of the word poimen] figuratively refer to someone who is in a leadership position, such as over a community or nation; a shepherd has authority, provides protection, and cares for the flock.”[2]

Being a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world means that I seek to pastor and shepherd people by looking over them and taking care of their spiritual health. A Bible verse that demonstrates this well is Mark 6:34 where we read about Jesus and His disciples attempting to get some quiet time alone to rest. As they were in a boat traveling, some people saw Jesus and His disciples leaving, so they ran ahead of the boat (via shoreline). In the Gospel of Mark we read, “Jesus saw the huge crowd as he stepped from the boat, and he had compassion on them because they were like sheep without a shepherd. So he began teaching them many things.”[3] This is similar to me in my own ministry.

A part of me feels called to minister to people through writing about biblical truths to help direct them in their own leadership work and life. The Apostle Paul’s letter to Peter further explains how I see my role as a pastor within my theology of pastoral ministry when he writes, “Care for the flock that God has entrusted to you. Watch over it willingly. . . .”[4] This says to me that God has entrusted people to me, and I need to do my very best to guide them along, protect them, and serve them through my spoken and written words. At this time, God has entrusted me be an unofficial pastor at United Way of Stanislaus County where I can help “shepherd” and watch over the spiritual health of the people there. However, while working at United Way of Stanislaus County I have not always thought of myself as a pastor, I have just tried to share my faith and do the “right thing” when interacting with coworkers. It has not been until thinking about my theology of pastoral ministry that I realized I have been serving as an unofficial pastor at work. I give Bibles to people I know might need one, and I respect the opinions of people who are agnostic and believe Jesus is a “mythical guy that people believe in.”[5] Recently a woman at work mentioned to me that she and her boyfriend were reading the Bible together out of the King James Version (KJV).

For Christmas I purchased a New Living Translation Bible for them to read together which is more understandable than the KJV. Since then she has told me on several occasions that they have enjoyed reading their new Bible together. Additionally, outside of work I feel that I serve as a pastor when I regularly write and create content which reaches almost 5,000 people on the internet. To be a leading servant means I serve as a shepherding pastor who looks after the spiritual health of my coworkers at United Way of Stanislaus County and those I share my faith through my writing. However, my view of pastoral ministry is affected by my view of who God is, which is what I will explain next.

Understanding who God is is very important in order to have a clear view of my own theology of pastoral ministry. Evangelist and author, Billy Graham, explains that, “You will never understand who you are until you understand who God is.”[6] As Mr. Graham stated, it is important for us to know who God is before we can legitimately know who we are. In my view, God is all-powerful, ruling over the earth and all things. God is the holy trinity, the one who is the Father, Son, and the Holy Spirit, and I am under His supreme authority serving others. I view myself being under God’s authority much like the Roman officer described in this passage of Matthew:

When Jesus returned to Capernaum, a Roman officer came and pleaded with him, “Lord, my young servant lies in bed, paralyzed and in terrible pain.” Jesus said, “I will come and heal him.” But the officer said, “Lord, I am not worthy to have you come into my home. Just say the word from where you are, and my servant will be healed. I know this because I am under the authority of my superior officers, and I have authority over my soldiers. I only need to say, ‘Go,’ and they go, or ‘Come,’ and they come. And if I say to my slaves, ‘Do this,’ they do it.” When Jesus heard this, he was amazed. Turning to those who were following him, he said, “I tell you the truth, I haven’t seen faith like this in all Israel!” Then Jesus said to the Roman officer, “Go back home. Because you believed, it has happened.” And the young servant was healed that same hour.[7]

I am not sure if I completely understand this story theologically, but I do understand that the Roman officer knew Jesus was here on earth under God’s authority. Because Jesus was under God’s authority He was able to do what He was supposed to do—perform miracles. Similar to Jesus being under God’s authority, I too am under God’s authority. God has a plan that I do not know about and that is at times hard to understand, but I do realize that He has a plan and story for me to fit into. For some of us that story is to be full-time ministers where we shepherd and pastor people for a living. God employs others, such as me, to do pastoral ministry in a semi-formal way where it is not their full-time job but they have received some specific training that allows them to minister to others and serve them.

Ministry is the work that we do to serve and help others. A great definition of Bible-based ministry is written by James Thompson when he asserts, “ministry is participation in God’s work of transforming the community of faith until it is ‘blameless’ at the coming of Christ.”[8] This ministry of helping others to become blameless at Christ’s coming is a gift that is both strenuous and amazing at the same time,[9] and it can happen in any area or context. With my theology of pastoral ministry to be a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world, I believe that the work I do should be focused.

One of the most successful evangelists in the past century, Billy Graham, who devoted his life to evangelism and winning souls for Christ, stated early in his ministry that “concentration is important. The [person] who has a general interest in everything usually isn’t good at anything.”[10] Another pastor, Andy Stanley, who is considered one of the most influential Christian voices in America, often teaches that we as leaders should “only do what only you can do.”[11] This means that for myself as a pastor and leader I need focus on doing only what I can do.

At United Way of Stanislaus County, I should work hard to share my faith and attempt to nurture the faith of other people around the office. No one else talks about their faith until I bring it up, so I must do what only I can do: shepherd those people at work. If I had not given that Bible to my coworker, I highly doubt anyone else would have. If I had not talked with the lady who sits across the hall from me about why she is an atheist, no one else probably would have (and I do not think anyone has done that since). In the context of my writing about leadership during nights and weekends, I need to share biblical principles and how they can be lived out in businesses and nonprofits. Not many people are willing to do that for free; thus I must do that as part of what only I can do to serve others.

Pastoral ministry is about serving others,[12] which means it is important that I understand that people want to feel valued and worthy of respect. While reading the book More Ready Than You Realize in an effort to learn more about evangelism, I learned how this great principle positively influences the people we serve. In the book a young woman shares her reflections on a two year evangelism conversation she had with the author, Brian McLaren, via email. While sharing her story and experience of moving from an unbeliever to a Christian, she writes, “I don’t remember much of what he [Brian McLaren] wrote [in his emails to her]. What I do remember is something far deeper and more important: that there was someone who was really listening to me and who was responding to me, not in a formula or in quick clichés, but sincerely and thoughtfully.”[13]

That statement from this young woman gives us great insight into what people are looking for when they are being shepherded by a “pastor.” People are looking for someone to be real with them and show a sincere interest in them. The people I serve at work probably do not want to feel that I am trying to evangelize them so I can add another Christian to my “convert list.” They do not want to feel they are one of many people whom I have questioned about their faith and tried to lead to Christ. They do not want to hear me give a bunch of well rehearsed questions and answers to their struggles with faith. They are looking for me to be sincerely interested in them, to show them value for who they already are, and to walk and talk with them as their faith evolves.

And finally, any statement of theology needs to lay out a view of the church to explore how the theology plays a part within (or outside) of the church. Often when we think of the word “church” we think of the buildings which we call churches, a group of Christians in a local community, or Christians as a whole community within a pagan nation. I have felt God’s voice in my life saying that my church will not be geographically based and that He wants me to “go and make leaders of everyday men and women.”

There are so many people who are less fortunate and have much worse living situations than you and I. It is on my heart to do something about those terrible living situations many people around the world live in. I, as an American, have an obligation to do and use everything that I can to serve and help others who live around the world rather than someone right next to me. Thus, my church is the people in the whole world. The truth is, whether we are talking about people who regularly meet inside a church building or people who do not yet know God, the world and churches are “comprised of broken people, people from all walks of life who experience pain and suffering.”[14]

It is anyone who has a desire to learn and grow in leadership. Right now part of the church I minister to is my work environment, but it also includes the thousands of people from around the world who read my writing on my blog. Within the past month, I have had people visit my blog from the United Kingdom (83 people), Canada (66), Philippines (41), Australia (41), China (33), Kenya (18), India (17), and Malaysia (12).[15]  I am sure that my view of the church God has made me responsible to shepherd is only temporary and that it will change over time, but for now shepherding my church is looking after my co-workers and serving those who read my writing and benefit from it.

One challenge with my theology of pastoral ministry is that it is broad. “Being a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world” is broad and does not give specific tasks or activities that I can do. However, that also gives me a strength because God is the one who has authority over me. Because God has authority over me, I follow His direction and what He wants me to do. If God wants me to be a leading servant by doing one thing, then at a later time He wants me to be a leading servant by doing something completely different, that is ok because my theology of pastoral ministry has room for that. Because my statement is broad it allows God to be the leader and I can follow the change that He directs me to make. I recently heard Beth Moore teach on this same topic. She realized early in her life that she should surrender to God and commit to following Him, not to surrender and commit to a specific ministry.[16]

Another strength of my theology of pastoral ministry is that I am pretty good at envisioning and thinking. Because I am good at thinking and envisioning about a specific topic I can often dream and see things bigger than others. However, because I can think through my theology of pastoral ministry and see possible ways to serve others, that opens up the possibility that I might see something and pursue a vision that is not God’s vision for my life and ministry. Thus, I need to stay in communication with God and stay committed to Him and His vision for my life.

My theology of pastoral ministry is to be a leading servant who spreads God’s love around the world. This helps to direct me while here on earth. It helps me to follow God’s direction of shepherding those I work with and those who read my writing.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Comfort Ph.D., Philip W and Walter A. Elwell. Tyndale Bible Dictionary: A comprehensive guide to the people, places, and important words of the Bible. Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2001.

Graham, Billy. Billy Graham Talks to Teen-agers, Wheaton: Miracle Books, 1958.

Graham, Billy. The Journey: Living by Faith in an Uncertain World Nashville, TN: W Publishing Group, 2006.

Moore, Beth. “So Long Insecurity.” Lecture, Catalyst Conference at Gwinnett Arena, Duluth, GA, October 7, 2010.

Roberts-Lewis, Amelia and Tonya D. Armstrong. “Moving the Church to Social Action.” Social Work and Christianity 37, no. 2 (2010): 115-127.

Smith, A. Iona. “A Little Child Shall Lead Them” in “Emerging as Ministers” in Congregations 32, no. 4 (2006): 26-40.

Stace Vega, April. Afterword of More Ready Than You Realize: The Power of Everyday Conversations, by Brian McLaren. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2006.

Stanley, Andy. “When Less is More.” Lecture, Catalyst West Conference at Mariners Church, Orange County, CA, April 23, 2010.

Swanson, James A. and Keith Williams, “Dictionary and Index for Hebrew and Greek Word Studies.” in New Living Translation Study Bible, 2225. Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2008.

Thompson, James W. Pastoral Ministry According to Paul: A Biblical Vision Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2006.


[1] Philip W. Comfort, Ph.D. and Walter A. Elwell, Tyndale Bible Dictionary: A comprehensive guide to the people, places, and important words of the Bible (Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2001), 1192.

[2] James A. Swanson and Keith Williams, “Dictionary and Index for Hebrew and Greek Word Studies.” in New Living Translation Study Bible (,Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2008), 2225.

[3] Mark 6:34 (New Living Translation)

[4] 1 Peter 5:2

[5] Estrella Garcia, interview by author, Modesto, CA, June 10, 2011.

[6] Billy Graham, The Journey: Living by Faith in an Uncertain World  (Nashville, TN: W Publishing Group, 2006), 13.

[7] Matthew 8:5-10, 13

[8] James W. Thompson, Pastoral Ministry According to Paul: A Biblical Vision (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2006), 20.

[9] A. Iona Smith, “A Little Child Shall Lead Them” in “Emerging as Ministers” in Congregations 32, no. 4 (2006): 34.

[10] Billy Graham, Billy Graham Talks to Teen-agers (Wheaton: Miracle Books, 1958), 29-30.

[11] Andy Stanley, “When Less is More” (lecture, Catalyst West Conference at Mariners Church, Orange County, CA, April 23, 2010).

[12] Jennifer McLaughlin, interview by author, Norfork, CA, November 12, 2011.

[13] April Stace Vega, afterword of More Ready Than You Realize, by Brian McLaren (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2006), 169.

[14] Amelia Roberts-Lewis and Tonya D. Armstrong, “Moving the Church to Social Action,” Social Work and Christianity 37, no. 2 (2010): 117.

[15] Stats taken from Google Analytics for ChristopherScottBlog.com from Oct 13, 2011 to Nov 12, 2011.

[16] Beth Moore, “So Long Insecurity” (lecture, Catalyst Conference at Gwinnett Arena, Duluth, GA, October 7, 2010).

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

What Makes Christian Leadership Distinctly “Christian” and Distinctly “Leadership”

November 16, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Christian leadership is a topic that has been studied and researched in depth for many years. This paper explores the question, What makes Christian leadership distinctly “Christian” and what makes Christian leadership distinctly “leadership?” With my experience as part of this Christian Ministry and Leadership cohort (CML 15) I will explore this question theologically, socially, and personally as it relates to our class and outside research.

The Greek word for leader often used in the New Testament is “hegeomai” which can mean “I lead; I think, am of opinion, suppose, consider; to lead; to lead the way (going before as chief).”[1] In an effort to learn about Christian leadership we must look to the Bible because “the leadership about which Jesus speaks is of a radically different kind from the leadership offered by the world.”[2] That different view of Christian leadership is what will be explored and discussed in this paper.

I. IDENTITY IN CHRIST

The first distinction of Christian leadership starts with Jesus Christ. In the world, men often get their self identity from their work while women often base it on their relationships.[3] However, with Christians “our identity in Christ is that we were created in the image of Christ.”[4] The idea that Christian leaders’ identity is based on Christ is a challenge to “come to the point where we recognize that our value is not dependent on our performance, position, titles, achievements, or the power we wield.”[5] Christian leaders must remember “that our greatest source of worth as leaders should come from the knowledge that we are known by God and declared righteous in Christ.”[6]

When a leader’s view of himself is based on the position he holds or the job he has, this places him at risk for tremendous downfalls in ministry and leadership. What happens when the leader loses his job, is fired, or is demoted to a lower position with less power and prestige? Christian leaders are so much more than what they do. In fact, because of the great gift that God has given to his people by sacrificing himself for their sins, it is an insult to God for a Christian leader to think of himself as someone who is defined by what he does. For a Christian leader to have an identity in Christ also means distinguishing himself from the role he has at work. No job here on earth is big enough or important enough to completely consume a person. A Christian leader’s identity should be fully and solely founded on Christ.

II. PART OF THE FLOCK

The second distinction of Christian leadership is that Christian leaders are part of the flock. [7] Contrary to that, American culture has “come to believe that good leadership requires a safe distance from those we are called to lead.”[8] Often it is said, “It’s lonely at the top,” or “Leadership is lonely,” or “Don’t get too close to those you lead.” That is the view American culture has about leadership, but it is very different than Christian leadership. In his article, “Distinctives of Christian Leadership,” William D. Lawrence comments, “Christian leadership is different from other kinds of leadership because no Christian leader can assume the position of being ‘number one,’ that is, the leader. This is true because those who believe in Christ know there is only one ‘Number One,’ namely, the Lord Jesus Christ.”[9]

It is interesting to note that the Apostle Paul, who is well known for his leadership in the young Christian church, “never describes pastors as leaders of congregations, presiding over church activities and services and as being the head of a complex organization.”[10] Instead, the imagery of a shepherd is a much more biblical representation of what a Christian leader should be. In an article titled, “Shepherd or One of the Sheep: Revisiting the Biblical Metaphor of the Pastorate,” through careful exegesis Quentin P. Kinnison, Ph.D. shows that Christian leadership it is not being a shepherd over a flock of people; it is being a shepherd within the flock.

There are several important implications for our understanding of the [shepherd] metaphor and its practical application to the life of God’s people. First, God reserves sole claim as shepherd of God’s people. . . . Second, the OT and NT both emphasize the Spirit’s presence in the lives of leaders. . . . Third, for pastoral leaders, this means empowering others to hear and respond to God’s promptings as they move onto God’s agenda and become witnesses of God’s missional activity in the world. . . . Finally, pastoral leaders must be embedded participants in the congregation. These primarily lead by example. Shepherd elders are sheep in the flock helping others follow the shepherd.[11]

Kinnison’s definition shows a way of Christian leaders being part of the flock while leading the flock.

God talks about himself as the primary shepherd throughout the Bible and Christian leaders simply as part of his flock. This changes the traditional worldly view of leadership. But how does a Christian leader lead the flock while being part of the flock? Research into the physical practice of shepherding reveals, that shepherds often placed bells on specific sheep who reliably followed the shepherd.[12]

According to Kinnison, God is the true shepherd and Christian leaders are undershepherds—those sheep within the flock wearing bells to help guide the other sheep the direction the shepherd (which is God) wants to go.

Having acknowledged oneself as a sheep and part of God’s flock, the Christian leader’s job is to help the other sheep be on God’s plan and move in the direction of God. Since “spiritual leaders understand that God is their leader”[13] they are “someone who knows where the Lord is going and can get others to follow him as he follows the Lord.”[14] This means Christian leaders “don’t get to create the vision, we just get to follow it”[15] because “God’s purposes are the key to spiritual leadership—the dreams and visions of leaders are not.”[16]

Henri Nouwen defines this as, “Leadership . . . means to be led.”[17] While being part of the flock as bell wearing undershepherds it is imperative that Christian leaders relinquish their vision for God’s vision in an effort to follow him. Being a Christian leader as part of the flock is leading the way as an example the entire time following God with the hopes that others will see, hear and follow the way. Joshua is a biblical leader who modeled this. Several times throughout the book of Joshua he makes a specific commitment to follow God. The verse often quoted is “Chose today whom you will serve. . . . But as for me and my family, we will serve the LORD.”[18] With that personal commitment to follow the Lord, Joshua also calls others to serve and follow the Lord primarily out of his own example (as an undershepherd wearing a bell) “me and my family, we will serve the LORD.”[19]

Joshua is not saying, “I am your leader, follow me.” Instead, Joshua is saying, “God’s our leader, let’s follow him.” Another great example of a Christian leader being committed to God and undershepherding God’s people is the Judah king, Hezekiah.

In the very first month of the first year of his reign, Hezekiah reopened the doors of the Temple of the Lord and repaired them. He summoned the priests and Levites to meet him at the courtyard east of the Temple. He said to them, “Listen to me, you Levites! Purify yourselves, and purify the Temple of the Lord, the God of your ancestors. Remove all the defiled things from the sanctuary. . . . But, now I will make a covenant with the LORD, the God of Israel, so that his fierce anger will turn away from us. My sons, do not neglect your duties any longer! The LORD has chosen you to stand in his presence, to minister to him, and to lead the people in worship and present offerings to him.”[20]

King Hezekiah was not perfect and made mistakes like most Christian leaders. But the important thing to note is that King Hezekiah was committed to being part of the flock and leading God’s people. With part of the flock faithfully following God, he pointed the people he ruled over back to following God.

III. SERVICE AND SACRIFICE

Perhaps the strongest distinctions of Christian leadership are service and sacrifice. The concepts of service and sacrifice go back to Jesus who served and sacrificed for the people he led. In his article, “Leaders as Servants: a Resolution of the Tension,” Derek Tiball writes, “Christian leadership is meant to be different from other forms of leadership because Christian leaders are called to be servants.”[21]

Serving others while in leadership is definitely different than the world where power and influence are held closely by those who have it and desired and envied by those who do not have it. This concept of serving others is difficult because “our fallen human instincts seek power, wealth, status, and influence. Servant leadership is thus quite unnatural for fallen human beings. Thinking like a servant-leader requires a new mindset; acting as a servant-leader requires empowerment by the Holy Spirit.”[22] 

One of the most controversial and countercultural things Jesus said while on earth was as he responded to his disciples’ question of which of the 12 of them was the greatest and most important. Jesus responded,

In this world the kings and great men lord it [power] over their people, yet they are called ‘friends of the people.’ But among you [the 12 disciples] it will be different. Those who are the greatest among you should take the lowest rank, and the leader should be like a servant. Who is more important, the one who sits at the table or the one who serves? The one who sits at the table, of course. But not here! For I am among you as the one who serves.[23]

Much like American culture, the leaders and rulers of Jesus’ time lorded power over others. They used their power to dominate others and maintain control over them. However, Jesus calls his disciples out of the culture they are living in and announces a new order for Christian leaders to follow. He instructs these 12 men, who will lead the new Christian religion, to be different than the world by saying, “Those who are the greatest among you should take the lowest rank, and the leader should be like a servant.” Christian leaders can only “teach out of what they know and live,”[24] and Jesus definitely knew personally what he was teaching when he says, “I am among you as the one who serves.” Jesus is saying to his Christian leaders that he has come to serve.

The Greek word used in Jesus’ statement above and used throughout the New Testament is the word, “diakoneo” which means “to serve, minister; kicking up dust because on the move; caring for the needs of others as the Lord guides in an active, practical way.”[25] With Jesus’ statements and use of this word, “Leadership was not to be a matter of privilege and special status, but of service. All social status is leveled out by these remarks. Jesus himself is the prime example of the servant leader.”[26] Jesus shows this principle of a leader being a servant by strategically saying after washing his disciples’ feet:

 And since I, your LORD and Teacher, have washed your feet, you ought to wash each other’s feet. I have given you an example to follow. Do as I have unto you. I tell you the truth, slaves are not greater than their master. Nor is the messenger more important than the one who sends the message. Now that you know these things, God will bless you for doing them.[27]

The good news is that this message was successfully passed on and practiced by Jesus’ disciples and others within the early church. Just as “Jesus presents himself consistently as a model of service”[28] the apostle Paul “describes himself in a number of ways (‘apostle’, ‘teacher’ etc.) but most persistently as a servant. . . . Paul describes several of his fellow workers as servants. . . . Paul describes himself and Apollos as ‘only servants (diadonoi).”[29] The message is clear: Christian leadership is about service. But with that also comes sacrifice.

Along with service in Christian ministry comes pain and sacrifice. The Apostle Paul endured tremendous sacrifice during his ministry as a Christian leader of the early church. Paul was ship wrecked, snake bitten, physically disabled, imprisoned, and eventually killed because of his service as a Christian leader. Jesus also endured tremendous pain in his ministry for his followers. Henri Nouwen comments on the relevance of sacrifice in ministry stating, “The most important quality of Christian leadership in the future . . . is not a leadership of power and control, but a leadership of powerlessness and humility in which the suffering servant of God, Jesus Christ, is made manifest.”[30] With this understanding that Christian leaders are to be servants who sacrifice, it is important to note “Christ’s approach to leadership and the approach he commended to his disciples is one that glorifies God and serves the welfare of others. It does not seek personal glory for acts of service or manipulate subordinates to achieve the leader’s self-interest.”[31]

IV. KNOWING THE DARK SIDE

The fourth distinction of Christian leadership is acknowledgement of the dark side. What is a dark side? “The dark side . . . is actually a natural result of human development. It is the inner urges, compulsions, and dysfunctions of our personality that often go unexamined or remain unknown to us until we experience an emotional explosion.”[32] Downfalls and pitfalls of a dark side can provide a stumbling block for any leader regardless of her faith.

However, because much of Christian leadership rests on a leader’s moral character, the negative impact of the dark side of a Christian leader is greater. Christian leaders are not perfect (and they should not be expected to be), but the simple fact of acknowledging the dark side and working to combat it will help to prevent a leader from the potential downfall and failure a dark side might bring.

Because the dark side is a natural result of our human development (mostly during childhood when we had to navigate experiences we had no control over), Christian leaders must actively acknowledge the dark side and combat it. Knowing about the dark side is extremely important for biblical Christian leaders because much of their influence comes from strength of moral character.

If they lose that moral character and the influence that comes with it, they lose all ability to lead. Part of acknowledging the dark side of Christian leadership is to know “the chief characteristic of a Christian leader must be submission to Christ, and only those who have learned that submission is the key to power can be effective Christian leaders.”[33] Submission to Christ and identity based on him help to shed the dark side because “when the leader learns to submit to Christ as the Leader, that is, when he learns to fly ‘the white flag of victory,’ that he becomes an authoritative Christian leader.”[34] Once a Christian leader has learned to submit to Christ, overcoming the dark side is easier.

Thankfully there are several things Christian leaders can do to actively combat their dark side in addition to submitting to Christ. Two practical steps taught by Ronald A. Heifetz and Marty Linsky are “Transitional Rituals” and “Rekindle the Sparks.”[35] Transitional rituals are practical things Christian leaders can do to separate themselves and their identity from the professional work they do. This goes back maintaining one’s identity in Christ. Christian leaders are able to keep their identity based on God and not wrapped into their job when they have a transitional ritual such as a drive from work to home, intentionally changing clothes when they arrive at home, or exercising after work. All of these are intentional “transitional rituals” that allow a Christian leader to transition from mission focused work to resting into the person she is.

The second practical step is “Rekindle the Sparks” which  keeps the relationship at home with a spouse strong. The best way for a Christian leader to guard his heart is to keep it close to his wife. Too many times a Christian leader has led himself into destructive habits of adultery, pornography, or money laundering because he allowed his heart to drift way from his wife. McIntosh and Sima also provide some great steps for Christian leaders to practice to “redeem their dark side.” Those steps are: acknowledge your dark side, examine the past, resist the poison of expectations, practice progressive self-knowledge, and understand your identity in Christ.[36]

When Christian leaders know their dark side they are able to positively work on it. Even if they do not actively work to combat their dark side, the knowledge of it will help them prevent it from taking over their life and causing moral failure in the future.

CONCLUSION

With these four distinctions about what makes Christian leadership distinctly “Christian” and what makes Christian leadership distinctly “leadership,” the key is for Christian leaders to live it out. Due to the fact that leaders are often out in front, everyone has a clear view of them.[37] That means leaders are often judged more harshly and more strictly. Thus, when they fall, it is more severe. While engaging others on Twitter and Facebook about the topic of this paper I felt a tension from others that Christian leadership does not exist because it is not practiced.[38] This is an issue that must be addressed. Often people’s only interaction (that they realize) with Jesus is in the observation or interaction with the lives of leaders whom they may or may not personally know. This means Christian leaders must make sure they live out the four distinctions. Christian leaders do not have to be perfect, but they do need to make a conscious effort to live out what Christian leadership is: an identity in Christ, part of the flock, serve and sacrifice, and knowing the dark side.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Blackaby, Henry and Richard Blackaby. Spiritual Leadership: Moving People on God’s Agenda. Nashville, TN: B&H Books, 2001.

Elliot, Steven. “The Local Church – Part 3.” Bible study, Enclave Community Church, Turlock, CA, June 3, 2012.

Heifetz, Ronald A. and Marty Linsky. Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive through the Dangers of Leading. Boston, MA: Harvard Business Review, 2002.

Kinnison, Ph.D., Quentin P. “How can God transform our weaknesses?” Lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, May 17, 2012.

___. “Shepherd or One of the Sheep: Revisiting the Biblical Metaphor of the Pastorate.” Journal of Religious Leadership 9, no. 1 (Spring 2010): 59-91.

___. “What is the secret of Christian leadership? How can we survive? What does Jesus teach us?” Lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, June 7, 2012.

___. “When is the leader not ‘in front of’, but ‘in the midst of’?” Lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, May 31, 2012.

Lawrence, William D. “Distinctives of Christian Leadership.” Bibliotheca Sacra July—September (1987), 317-329.

“Luke 22 ‘NET Notes.’” The NET Bible. https://net.bible.org/#!bible/Luke+22 (accessed June 14, 2012).

Maciariello, Joseph. “Lessons in Leadership and Management from Nehemiah.” Theology Today 60 (2003), 397-407.

McIntosh, Gary L. and Samuel D. Rima. Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership: How to Become an Effective Leader by Confronting Potential Failures. Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Publishing Group, 2007.

Nouwen, Henri J.M. In the Name of Jesus: Reflections on Christian Leadership. New York: Crossroads Publishing, 1989.

Tidball, Derek. “Leaders as Servants: a Resolution of the Tension.” Evangelical Review of Theology 36, no. 1 (2012), 31-47.

“Strong’s Greek: 1247. Diakoneo – to serve, minister.” Biblos. http://concordances.org/greek/1247.htm (accessed June 13, 2012).

“Strong’s Greek: 2233. Hegeomai – to lead, suppose.” Biblos. http://concordances.org/greek/2233.htm (accessed June 13, 2012).


              [1] “Strong’s Greek: 2233. Hegeomai – to lead, suppose,” Biblos, http://concordances.org/greek/2233.htm (accessed June 13, 2012).

              [2] Henri J.M. Nouwen, In the Name of Jesus: Reflections on Christian Leadership (New York, Crossroads Publishing, 1989), 62.

              [3] Quentin P. Kinnison, Ph.D., “What is the secret of Christian leadership? How can we survive? What does Jesus teach us?” (lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, June 7, 2012).

              [4] Quentin P. Kinnison, Ph.D., “How can God transform our weaknesses?” (lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, May 17, 2012).

              [5] Gary L. McIntosh and Samuel D. Rima, Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership: How to Become an Effective Leader by Confronting Potential Failures (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Publishing Group, 2007), 213.

              [6] Ibid., 214.

              [7] Most of the insights and comments on the “shepherd” language derives from Quentin P. Kinnison’s article, “Shepherd or One of the Sheep: Revisiting the Biblical Metaphor of the Pastorate,” Journal of Religious Leadership 9, no. 1 (Spring 2010). I will cite directly when I am able, but please note most of shepherd language stems from his article.

              [8] Henri J.M. Nouwen, In the Name of Jesus: Reflections on Christian Leadership (New York, Crossroads Publishing, 1989), 61.

              [9] William D. Lawrence, “Distinctives of Christian Leadership,” Bibliotheca Sacra July—September (1987), 317.

              [10] Derek Tidball, “Leaders as Servants: a Resolution of the Tension,” Evangelical Review of Theology 36, no. 1 (2012), 33.

              [11] Quentin P. Kinnison, Ph.D., “Shepherd or One of the Sheep: Revisiting the Biblical Metaphor of the Pastorate,” Journal of Religious Leadership 9, no. 1 (Spring 2010): 90.

              [12] Ibid., 68, 89.

              [13] Henry Blackaby and Richard Blackaby, Spiritual Leadership: Moving People on God’s Agenda (Nashville, TN: B&H Books, 2001), 28-29.

              [14] William D. Lawrence, “Distinctives of Christian Leadership,” Bibliotheca Sacra July—September (1987), 319.

              [15] Quentin P. Kinnison, Ph.D., “When is the leader not ‘in front of’, but ‘in the midst of’?” (lecture, Fresno Pacific University North Center, Fresno, CA, May 31, 2012).

              [16] Henry Blackaby and Richard Blackaby, Spiritual Leadership: Moving People on God’s Agenda (Nashville, TN: B&H Books, 2001), 19.

              [17] Henri J.M. Nouwen, In the Name of Jesus: Reflections on Christian Leadership (New York, Crossroads Publishing, 1989). 75.

              [18] Josh. 24:15.

              [19] Josh. 24:15.

              [20] 2 Chron. 29:3-5, 10-11.

              [21] Derek Tidball, “Leaders as Servants: a Resolution of the Tension,” Evangelical Review of Theology 36, no. 1 (2012), 31.

              [22] Joseph Maciariello, “Lessons in Leadership and Management from Nehemiah,” Theology Today 60 (2003), 399.

              [23] Luke 22:25-27.

              [24] Steven Elliott, “The Local Church – Part 3” (Bible study, Enclave Community Church, Turlock, CA, June 3, 2012).

              [25] “Strong’s Greek: 1247. Diakoneo – to serve, minister” Biblos, http://concordances.org/greek/1247.htm (accessed June 13, 2012).

              [26] “Luke 22 ‘NET Notes’” The NET Bible, https://net.bible.org/#!bible/Luke+22 (accessed June 14, 2012).

              [27] John 13:14-17.

              [28] Derek Tidball, “Leaders as Servants: a Resolution of the Tension,” Evangelical Review of Theology 36, no. 1 (2012), 36.

              [29] Ibid., 36.

              [30] Henri J.M. Nouwen, In the Name of Jesus: Reflections on Christian Leadership (New York, Crossroads Publishing, 1989). 82.

              [31] Joseph Maciariello, “Lessons in Leadership and Management from Nehemiah,” Theology Today 60 (2003), 397.

              [32] Gary L. McIntosh and Samuel D. Rima, Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership: How to Become an Effective Leader by Confronting Potential Failures (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Publishing Group, 2007), 28.

              [33] William D. Lawrence, “Distinctives of Christian Leadership,” Bibliotheca Sacra July—September (1987), 318.

              [34] Ibid., 318.

              [35] Ronald A. Heifetz and Marty Linsky, Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive through the Dangers of Leading (Boston, MA: Harvard Business Review, 2002), 184-186.

              [36] Gary L. McIntosh and Samuel D. Rima, Overcoming the Dark Side of Leadership: How to Become an Effective Leader by Confronting Potential Failures (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Publishing Group, 2007), 170-218.

              [37] In class Quentin talked about the true shepherd as part of the flock is now always in front but sometimes behind and in the middle. Regardless of where she is stationed often people still know who the leader is.

              [38] One person on Facebook said he believes only 9 percent of the Christian population actually pursue living a life as Jesus did while another individual said that Christian leaders do not exist.

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

Who Was Jesus?

November 15, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

One of the most effective evangelists in history, Billy Graham, believes, “The central message of the Bible is Jesus Christ.” But who is Jesus? For this paper I am going to focus on the question of “Who is Jesus” based on the Gospel of Matthew and my own personal experience with Jesus Christ. After studying the book of Matthew and reflecting on who Jesus is to me, I believe that Jesus is a leader who teaches, equips, and serves through sacrifice. First, let us see how Jesus taught throughout the Gospel of Matthew.

When reading the Gospel of Matthew, I can’t help but notice that Jesus is a teacher. The Gospel of Matthew quickly moves through Jesus’ family heritage, how and where He was born, His baptism from John the Baptist, and the three temptations He faced. As soon as Jesus finishes his 40 days in the desert facing the three temptations, Jesus hears that John the Baptist has been arrested, and Jesus travels to the Sea of Galilee where Matthew tells us, “From then on Jesus began to preach.”[1] Up until this point in time, Jesus has not preached or performed any miracles.

The first action of ministry that the Gospel of Matthew records is that Jesus begins to preach. Matthew gives us a glimpse at Jesus’ first preached message which is only one sentence, “Repent of your sins and turn to God, for the Kingdom of Heaven in near.”[2] After this short one-sentence message, Jesus goes out to recruit His disciples. Jesus knows that He will need a group of devoted followers who will carry on His message after He is no longer on earth. We will discuss this topic later in more depth of how Jesus equipped His disciples through His teaching, so I don’t want to go too deep into that here.

We can make five observations of why Jesus is a teacher: 1) He teaches large groups (such as the Sermon on the Mount); 2) He teaches small groups (such as the 12 disciples); 3) He is always alert for teaching opportunities (often using people’s questions as an opportunity to teach about more deeply rooted spiritual issues); 4) He teaches individuals (such as the many people who came up to him to ask him questions); and, 5) He teaches wherever he goes (such as the top of a mountain, on a sea shore, and from a boat).[3]

That is the context of where Jesus teaches through his three years of ministry. He teaches many people in many areas with a mission to prove He is God’s son, heal the sick, and teach people how to get to heaven. Now knowing that Jesus is a teacher who teaches many people in a variety of contexts, we can look closer at what He teaches and how it is structured throughout the Gospel of Matthew. 

When carefully studying the book of Matthew we notice how Matthew has carefully crafted his book into five distinct teaching “sermons” from Jesus. Most of these sermons are separated with “When Jesus had finished giving these instructions”[4] or “When Jesus had finished telling these stories and illustrations.”[5] Clearly, the Apostle Matthew is focused on sharing the teachings of Jesus. He is so focused on this that since Matthew is a Jew, writing to Jews attempting to prove Jesus as being God’s son, he might have chosen to group these teachings in five sections as a way to parallel his gospel with the Pentateuch.[6]

Matthew is leveraging the cultural heritage of Jews at that time for the benefit of the Jews who are familiar with the five books of law. It can also be argued that this Gospel of Matthew has been written to add to and possibly replace those five books of law that the Jews so closely studied and memorized at that time. When writing about the five teachings included in the book of Matthew, Christian Hauer and William Young in their book, An Introduction to the Bible, explain, “Clearly this gospel [Matthew] is concerned. . . not only with proclaiming the authority of Jesus as teacher and preacher, but also with giving the content of his teaching. The fivefold division of the gospel seems patterned after the Five Books of Moses in the Tanak.”[7] As we now can see that Jesus is a teacher, how does his ability to teach related to the Pharisees, Sadducees, Rabbis, and religious teachers of that time?

We can make the assertion that Jesus has an incredible ability to teach simply based on the number of people who followed Him. As He teaches and performs miracles, more and more people begin to follow His teachings and learn from Him. This is evident in the reaction the crowds have after Jesus delivers His famous Sermon on the Mount where Matthew tells us, “When Jesus had finished saying these things, the crowds were amazed at his teaching, for he taught with real authority—quite unlike their teachers of religious law.”[8] However, as you can imagine, there were lots of teachers at that time. How do we know to differentiate Jesus? What type of authority does Jesus have that allows Him to speak so powerfully and how is that related to the other priests, religious leaders, and rabbis of that day?

Gene R. Smillie carefully articulates how this took place in his article, Jesus’ Response to the Question of His Authority in Matthew 21 when he writes: “By demonstrating Jesus’ superiority of His opponents in rabbinical debate Matthew revealed Jesus’ authority to teach (the particular activity in which He was engaged at the moment they challenged Him, 21:23), that is, to declare theological truth. One after another, the religious authorities of His day came at Him to test Him. One after another, they were defeated.”[9] And it was not just Jesus’ authority that gave Him the ability to teach and influence the people to change their lifestyles, it was the way he communicated His sayings in simple yet profound ways.

Any leader knows the importance of making his message simple and clear. Read any book on vision casting and that is one of the main topics the author will tell you to do. When commenting on the way Jesus taught parables, Bible teacher Chuck Swindoll asserts, “As you study Jesus’ method of communicating you will find this advice underlying it: make it clear. Make it simple. Emphasize the essentials. Forget about impressing others. Be content to leave some things unsaid.”[10] Any good leader does the hard work to break down his or her teachings into simple principles and stories that anyone can understand, especially the underprivileged, poor, and illiterate, which are the main audiences Jesus is teaching. However, a leader being a great teacher is not enough to make that person a leader.

Jesus is an amazing teacher, but He also needs to be able to equip others with His message and skills so they can go where He cannot go. He knows that He could not do everything all on His own—He needs a team to help Him reach as many people as possible. Because Jesus knows this He starts early to develop a team of 12 men who would carry on His ministry and take His message literally to the ends of the earth. Earlier I mentioned that Jesus gives a one sentence sermon as soon as he arrives in Galilee. What I did not tell you is what His first action is after that message. The first thing that we observe Jesus doing after He is tempted for 40 days in the desert is gathering four disciples. Jesus gets baptized by John the Baptist, He is tempted by the devil in the desert, then He preaches “Repent of your sins and turn to God, for the Kingdom of Heaven is near.”[11] Then, we see Jesus start to gather His team before teaching any more than that one sentence or performing any miracles. In Jesus’ time, it was traditional for a teacher to wait for disciples and pupils to come to him, desiring to learn.

However, Jesus goes against the common rules of that day (as He did with so many other things) and He goes to men and calls them to Him. He goes to their places of work and asks them to be His disciples. We can make two observations on the significance of Jesus picking at least some of His disciples at this time: 1) To make sure His disciples have as many opportunities as possible to watch Him perform his ministry while learning in that process; and, 2) He knows these men will be carrying on His ministry so every moment of time He spends with them is precious.[12] At a later time in Matthew, we see Jesus coming to a key point in his ministry when He can no longer expect his 12 disciples to tag along and watch Him. Instead they need to also be dong the work.

A key part of the Gospel of Matthew is the end of chapter nine until the end of chapter ten. Jesus’ ministry is starting to gain significant momentum as He shows great teaching with authority and heals many people. In Matthew 9:18-21 many people are reaching out to Jesus for help faster than He can help them. Jesus heals a dead girl, a bleeding woman, and as He is traveling somewhere else, two blind men begin following Him asking Him to heal them. So, Jesus heals them and as soon as the two blind men leave, a demon possessed man who cannot speak is brought to Jesus. People are being brought to Jesus faster than He can heal them, and this is when we begin to see the equipping part of His ministry. At this time, Jesus is traveling throughout towns and villages (by foot I might add) teaching in synagogues.[13] This is when we see Him start to lead His disciples. Jesus is doing as much of the ministry on His own that He can, but He needs help.

This is a turning point in Jesus’ ministry because He now equips His disciples to go out. They have seen Him do His ministry of teaching and healing people. Now it is their turn to give it a try and do their best to multiply Jesus’ efforts. Jesus describes this scenario when He says, “ ‘The harvest is great, but the works are few. So pray to the Lord who is in charge of the harvest; ask him to send more workers into his fields.’ Jesus called his twelve disciples together and gave them authority to cast out evil spirits and to heal every kind of disease and illness.”[14] After this, Jesus gives His disciples advice on what to do, who to stay with while on their trip, how to rely on their faith, who to serve, what to take with them, what to expect, and what to beware of. Leadership expert John Maxwell comments on this passage of scripture observing, “Leaders must develop others to reach their potential. No one did this better than Jesus. Even though He has not finished training His disciples, He sends them out to exercise their gifts. At some point we need to end the lecture and send them out to try what they have learned.”[15]

Jesus makes a strategic move by sending out His disciples to begin doing their work before He died. This gives them time to practice with their teacher and mentor watching, while they can perfect and hone their ministry with Jesus’ help. The disciples have watched Jesus do His ministry, and now it is their time to go out and do it. And based on the text of Matthew, Jesus does everything He can to include His disciples in the ministry He is doing through teaching and healing so the disciples can observe and learn. Then Jesus takes additional time to equip them for the work they were about to do.

At the end of the Gospel of Matthew we see Jesus’ last words which are often called the “Great Commission.” In the Great Commission, Jesus encourages His disciples to take what they have learned and share it with the entire world. Jesus wants them to disciple others just as Jesus had disciple’d them: to baptize people in Jesus’ name and to teach the new Christians to obey all of Jesus’ commands. Jesus’ focus of equipping His disciples to go out and do great works is a key part of His leadership, but it is not the only part because He also is a servant through sacrifice.

Ultimately, leadership is sacrifice. The size of a leader is often measured by the amount of sacrifice given for the benefit of his or her followers. Jesus meets this standard in a way no one else ever has because He sacrificed Himself for us. He came and died on the cross for our sins so that we could be made holy and join Him in heaven. Nowhere else throughout the Gospel of Matthew is this more clear than when Jesus is giving a prayer of Thanksgiving: “Come to me, all of you where are weary and carry heavy burdens, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you. Let me teach you, because I am humble and gentle at heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy to bear, and the burden I give you is light.”[16]

This is something very different than the things at that time. Throughout most of Jewish history political leaders put more and more burdens on the people. Even religious leaders at that time put burdens on the people telling them religion was about laws and laws on top of the laws that they needed to follow to be holy and go to heaven. Yet, here is a man with no official title offering to give the people rest if they would only bring their burdens to Him. Jesus was here to serve through sacrifice, to carry the load they could not carry on their own. Billy Graham hammers this point home when he writes, “Jesus, by example, tells us that every true leader should be a helper, a servant, or even a bondslave. This is a command, not a suggestion, and applies with special force to leaders.”[17]

Now that we know Jesus is a leader who teaches, equips, and serves through sacrifice we need to see how that applies to our lives. What are we to do (regardless if we are a Christian or not) in response to the fact that Jesus works hard to teach, equip others to carry on ministry, and serves us through the sacrifice of Himself on the cross? How do we respond to that in a way that honors Him and teaches, equips, and serves others through sacrifice? For me personally, I seek to teach others just as Jesus did through my blog where I post articles six days a week. While at work at United Way, I have worked hard to equip a new co-worker in our department on how to fundraise efficiently from companies in our area. And I serve through sacrifice with my girlfriend, Jen, by seeking to meet her needs of love, respect, and time on a daily basis. None of these are easy, but when it comes to following Jesus as a teacher, equipper, and a servant through sacrifice, it calls for a strong person dedicated to that process. Because Jesus sacrificed for us, the least we can do is return the favor by doing the same things He did to teach, equip, and serve others through sacrifice.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Graham, Billy, The Holy Spirit. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1978.

Hauer, Christian A., and William A. Young. An Introduction to the Bible. 7th ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.

Hiebert, Dr. D. Edmond “Jesus the Master Teacher,” In Called to Teach, edited by David Ewert, 21-37. Fresno, CA: Center for Mennonite Brethren Studies, 1980.

Hutchison, John C. “Servanthood: Jesus’ Countercultural Call to Christian Leaders,” Bibliotheca Sacra 166 (January-March 2009): 53-69.

Maxwell, John C. The Maxwell Leadership Bible, 2nd ed. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2007.

Smillie, Gene R. “Jesus’ Response to the Question of His Authority in Matthew 21,” Bibliotheca Sacra 162 (October-December 2005): 459-469.

Swindoll, Charles R. The Living Insights Study Bible, Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1996.


[1] Matt. 4:17 (New Living Translation)

[2] Matt. 4:17

[3] Dr. D. Edmond Hiebert, “Jesus the Master Teacher,” in Called to Teach, ed. David Ewert (Fresno, CA: Center for Mennonite Brethren Studies, 1980), 22-23.

[4] Matt. 13:53

[5] Matt. 11:1

[6] The Pentateuch consists of the first five books included in the Bible probably written by Moses. They are Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. They were and still are the five books of laws that practicing religious Jews follow to this very day.

[7] Christian A. Hauer and William A. Young, An Introduction to the Bible. 7th ed. (Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008), 269.

[8] Matt. 7:28-29

[9] Gene R. Smillie, “Jesus’ Response to the Question of His Authority in Matthew 21,” Bibliotheca Sacra 162 (October-December 2005): 467.

[10] Charles R. Swindoll, The Living Insights Study Bible, (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1996), 1020.

[11] Matt. 4:17

[12] The book of Matthew does not tell us if Jesus chose all of His disciples at this time before delivering the Sermon on the Mount. We do know for sure, that Jesus at least picked four of His disciples before delivering His Sermon on the Mount.

[13] A synagogue is a type of community center where children attended schools, special events were held, where people came to hear the Bible read publicly and talk about it together.

[14] Matt. 9:37-10:1

[15] John C. Maxwell, The Maxwell Leadership Bible, 2nd ed. (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2007), 1191.

[16] Matt. 11:28-30

[17] Billy Graham, The Holy Spirit (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1978), 202.

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

When a Pastor Is a Servant

November 14, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The most important characteristic of a pastoral leader is to be a servant and meet the needs of others. This might be a word of encouragement to someone who needs it, it might be a great sermon prepared to cast vision to the congregation, or it might be teaching a practical lesson people can apply in their own lives   The role of a leader is to make the lives of people better, happier, more fulfilling, and easier.  That’s a pretty tall order for a pastoral leader, but he does that by serving the needs of the people he pastors.

A pastoral leader does the job that few others want to do—not because of what she will gain from it—but because that’s what she is called to do in response to how Jesus was a pastoral leader to us.  One of the first verses in scripture I memorized was Luke 22:26-27 where Jesus is talking with his disciples after dinner the night he is arrested.  Jesus teaches his disciples:

But among you it will be different.  Those who are the greatest among you should take the lowest rank, and the leader should be like a servant.  Who is more important, the one who sits at the table or the one who serves?  The one who sits at the table, of course.  But not here, for I am among you as the one who serves.[1]

This passage of scripture is even more influential when we research Jewish culture and learn that a large emphasis was placed on status, power, control, and authority.[2]  And just before Jesus exhorts Luke 22:26-27, the disciples were arguing about which disciple would be the greatest and most respected by God.[3]  Jesus also makes this statement in Luke after James and John had gone to Jesus and asked if they could be seated next to Jesus on his left or right hand side in heaven.[4]  Jesus is telling us that to be a true leader is not to have power and control.  To be a true leader we need to serve the needs of others because a pastoral leader is responsible for the spiritual and mental health of a group of believers.

Now that we’ve seen Jesus telling his disciples to be servants, in John 21 we see Jesus responding to Simon Peter about why pastoral leaders should be servants.  You and I both know that Peter denied having known Jesus three times the night Jesus was crucified.  But when Jesus rises from the dead and comes back to talk with Peter, Jesus asks Peter three times if Peter loves him.  Peter answers yes, and all three times Jesus responds to Peter saying that because Peter loves Jesus, Peter should serve others.[5]  Jesus was the holiest person to have ever lived.  He is perfect in his love for us, and thus has authority to tell us that because we love him, we need to serve others.  This is further evidence that we, as pastoral leaders need to serve the needs of others. 

This theme of serving others as a means to be their pastor is woven in and out of scripture.  Especially in the New Testament where Peter talks about what it means to serve others.  As we said earlier, Peter had denied Jesus three times and had to respond to Jesus’ questions about whether or not he loved Jesus.  1 Peter was written about thirty years after Jesus gave Peter the instructions to follow Jesus,[6] so we have good perspective to see how Peter has lived out pastoral leadership through Jesus’ serving instructions and to see what Peter is teaching others. 

At the end of this first letter to Christians of the early church, Peter boldly teaches us to “Care for the flock that God has entrusted to you.  Watch over it willingly, not grudgingly—not for what you will get out of it, but because you are eager to serve God”[7] (emphasis added).  A pastoral leader is to watch over her flock because she’s eager to serve God.  But, I am not the only person who has studied this passage of scripture and interpreted it as a reason for a pastoral leader to serve others.    

Leadership expert John C. Maxwell specifically refers to 1 Peter 5:2 when he shares in The Maxwell Leadership Bible that “A leader is called to be . . . a minister to the people.”[8]  We are called to minister to and serve people as a leader.  That statement comes from a man who has written 56 books (mostly about the topic of leadership), led three different churches, and founded a nonprofit organization which has served over 3 million leaders around the world.[9]  Coming from Dr. Maxwell, an important element of a pastoral leader is to serve and minister to people.

A pastoral leader who is effective often looks at people and asks, “How can I serve them?” Throughout this paper we’ve seen reason after reason about why a leader should be doing that.  It’s what Jesus says we are to do, it’s what the disciples did for the early church as young Christians were maturing over time, and it’s what modern day Christian leaders also encourage us to do.  What’s ironic is that when a pastoral leader begins to serve people, they begin to willingly follow him. 

As we look at scripture, most of the followers Jesus gained came after he did miraculous signs and wonders.[10] When people realized that he was here to serve and help them, they began to follow him because they knew he was someone who could heal their physical and mental pain.  He could take it away and make them feel better and live a more enjoyable life because servanthood is the answer to many of the questions and problems people have.  As John Hutchinson states in an issue of Biblotheca Sacra, “Servanthood does not avoid leadership.  Instead it is a different kind of leadership, one committed to meeting the needs of others.”[11] 

We often ponder over the deep thought of what came first: the chicken or the egg?  A similar pondering comes about when we think of pastoral leadership through serving others.  Do people follow us because we are serving them, or do we serve them because they follow?  I believe based on my own experience and the stories of Jesus, that people follow as a result of us serving them. 

In closing a paper about the most important characteristic of a pastoral leader, we need to realize that both scripture, biblical leaders, and modern Christian leaders all believe that being a servant is the most important characteristic of a pastoral leader.  Allow me to close us out with a poem summarizing what we now know:

Christ’s example teaches us that we should follow Him each day, meeting one another’s needs, though humble service be the way.[12]

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Equip: Equipping Leaders to Reach our World. “Press Kit Facts.” Equip. http://www.iequip.org/site/c.gqLTI0OBKpF/b.4511603/k.B021/Facts.htm (accessed February 12, 2011).

Hiebert, D. Edmond. The Non-Pauline Epistles and Revelation. Vol. 3 of An Introduction to the New Testament. Waynesboro, GA: Gabriel Publishing, 2003.

Hutchison, John C. “Servanthood: Jesus’ Countercultural Call to Christian Leaders,” Bibliotheca Sacra 166 (January-March 2009): 53-69.

Maxwell, John C. The Maxwell Leadership Bible, 2nd ed. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2007.


[1] Luke 22:26-27 (New Living Translation)

[2] John C. Hutchison, “Servanthood: Jesus’ Countercultural Call to Christian Leaders,” Bibliotheca Sacra 166 (January-March 2009): 60.

[3] Mark 9:33-37

[4] Mark 10:35-39

[5] John 21:15-17

[6] D. Edmond Hiebert, The Non-Pauline Epistles and Revelation, vol. 3 of An Introduction to the New Testament (Waynesboro, GA: Gabriel Publishing, 2003), 121.

[7] 1 Peter 5:2

[8] John C. Maxwell, The Maxwell Leadership Bible, 2nd ed. (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2007), 1558.

[9] Equip: Equipping Leaders to Reach our World, “Press Kit Facts,” Equip, http://www.iequip.org/site/c.gqLTI0OBKpF/b.4511603/k.B021/Facts.htm (accessed February 12, 2011)

[10] Matthew 15:13-21, 15:22-32, 15:34-36

[11] John C. Hutchison, “Servanthood: Jesus’ Countercultural Call to Christian Leaders,” Bibliotheca Sacra 166 (January-March 2009): 69.

[12] Clair Hess, “Pay it Forward,” Our Daily Bread Blog, entry posted June 2, 2009, http://odb.org/2009/06/02/pay-it-forward/ (accessed February 16, 2011)

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

The Impact of Coaching

November 14, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

“From time to time we will all need outside assistance getting from where we are to where we want or need to be.” ~ Andy Stanley, The Principle of the Path

In the fall of 2007 I led an effort to feed families in need in our community with a program called, A Day of Hope.  We partnered with the local church I was attending, Enclave Community Church as a way to better serve the need so our community.  At that time, I had about three years of experience in founding and leading A Day of Hope, but I felt there was something was missing.  A great, close friend had told me that he believed I could increase the amount of people we were serving through A Day of Hope if I was able to develop myself as a better leader. 

At that point in time, I had briefly met and spoke with a man named Steve Elliott who was serving at the church to help develop leaders.  We had said hello to each other a few times, but had not engaged in conversation very deeply.  I knew about Steve because of his role at church, and he knew me because of the work I had done with A Day of Hope in partnership with Enclave Community Church.

Over the next several months I began to get to know Steve a little bit more through casual conversations around church.  Then, Steve, our senior pastor at Enclave, and my self happened to all be sitting around a table starting to share our goals for the future.  Steve and Pastor Brian both shared their goals for the future and what they would like to do to serve and help others, and when it came my turn I mustered the courage to share my vision for what I felt God had put on my heart to do in the future.  For the next couple minutes I shared with Steve and Brian how I wanted to serve and help leaders.  Part of that process was working on myself as a leader to improve my leadership skills, then to pass on those leadership skills to others to help them learn and grow to serve more people.  Little did I know that courage to share my vision and goals was a defining moment as a young leader and was a way God was leading me to a discipling relationship.         

I cannot remember if it was that same day, or at a later date, but Steve Elliott offered to coach me in leadership skills to help me improve myself as a leader to serve other leaders.  I graciously accepted his offer, and was very honored that he would offer to coach me!

Steve and I decided to meet once a month at Starbucks at 6 AM to talk about leadership and have him coach me.  I would arrive a little before 6 AM, get him and I a cup of coffee (our drink is tall Pike, no room), sit down with my pad of paper and pen, and he would coach me on leadership.  Since that first 6 AM meeting at Starbucks, Steve and I have met every month for over three years now. 

I. MENTORING IS THE NEW BUZZ WORD

Mentoring seems to be the new buzz word in the business and church world.  To have a great mentor seems to be the answers to many questions that we might have.  This leads people to believe that if they find that perfect mentor, the mentor will teach them everything they want to know about life and how to be successful in it. 

II. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MENTORING AND COACHING

According to the definition that Steve has taught me, there is a difference between mentoring and coaching. 

Mentoring: is where the mentor pours into me what he knows.

Coaching: is where the coach draws out of me what is already inside of me.

Most of my time with Steve has been focused on coaching, drawing out of me what is already inside.  He has helped to pull out what is on the inside by discerning my strengths as a leader and helping me to develop them the best I can.

A key assumption that Coaching requires is that the person being coached has a strong motivation to grow and develop.  Like me, I’m sure you have attended lots of leadership and church conferences.  Many of these are filled with what I call “fluff.”  Fluff is that stuff they do to engage you, entertain you, and motivate you to learn while at the conference.  This might be great music, an inspiring story told by the opening speaker, or some other crazy act they might do.  

But, coaching assumes that you already have this strong desire within you to grow as a leader.  Coaching’s job is to draw out of you the skills and tools that you need to lead people.  Because you already have the desire to lead, you need someone who can show you how to do it and coaching you to finding your own way of leading people.

In my experience, I had tremendous desire to serve families through A Day of Hope, but I did not have the skills necessary to make it happen.  I had the “want” but did not have the “how.”  And that’s what Steve provided me through coaching: the how to lead people. 

III. FIVE ELEMENTS OF COACHING

From my personal experience, I believe there are five elements of being coached.  Since this is my personal experience, your list might be different, but this is my list of what has been key parts of being successfully coached by Steve Elliott.

A. Belief

If I could summarize one word to symbolize what Steve coaching me has meant, it would be the word “belief.”  Steve’s belief in me as a leader has been the most impactful thing to me more than anything else.  Steve has believed in me more than anyone else has before, and that’s  probably one of the reasons that he has had a greater impact on me than anyone else.  That belief is transferred into my own life, and as he has expressed that belief to me month after month, year after year in our coaching time, it has become part of me. 

There are six things that has caused Steve’s belief in me to be so impactful:

  1. He expressed that belief to me directly.
  2. He expressed that belief to other people who knew me, and they told me about it.
  3. There was no personal gain for him expressing his belief in me
  4. He is 65 years old with many people and life experience, so he knows how to recognize good talent.
  5. He is a great leader who also teaches other leaders to be great.
  6. He develops tests and behavioral interviews to evaluate potential leaders and church planters.

Thinking about the impact Steve’s belief has had in me as a young leader reminds me of when I was being taught by a golf instructor by the name of Chris Bitticks.  Mr. Bitticks and I are still friends today, but when I was a teenager he had a great impact on my life as a golfer and a young man.  Bitticks believed in me and always knew that I had what it took to reach my goals.  Bitticks expressed his belief in me with actions instead of words.  He always gave me his time to instruct me on the golf course, eat meals with me, and talk over the phone when I was away playing in golf tournaments.  Bitticks always knew that I worked hard on my golf game, and he responded with his belief in my golf game by always giving his time to help me.

Experiencing coaching from someone who greatly believes in your gives you a tremendous amount of confidence because you know someone has your back.  No matter what you do or say, you always know that you have an experienced person who believes in you and what you are doing, even when other people do not.

B. Questions

When meeting with Steve I have been fortunate to ask him many questions.  Asking Steve questions and having him answer them has probably been the majority of the time we spend together.  I often come to Steve with questions about what I experienced, what I have had to go through, what I don’t understand, and what I do not know how to do. 

Because Steve has 40 years of ministry experience, he has many answers to those questions.  He is able to dig deep into his rich life of ministry experience and leadership experience to provide coaching to assist me.  Answers to those questions has helped to provide specific coaching to me in areas that I need help.  It allows us to go deep into issues that I can improve and draw out of me the skills that I need to be an effective leader who can serve others.  Those answers take me further, to new places as a leader.  Often when Steve would be answering my questions he would take the topic deeper into areas that I had not thought about before.  Or he would provide coaching on the problem I asked a question about, then tell me what to expect next once I solved the problem.  Often these were scenarios and topics I had not thought of before.

If Steve saw an area that he thought I needed coaching in, he would add value to me and teach me in that area, even if I didn’t ask a question.  He would look at the areas of my leadership and offer advice and hold me accountable to what I had said I would do.

C. Skills

Being coached by Steve Elliott has also given me specific skills.  As I referenced earlier, sometimes leadership conferences are filled with the “fluff” to motivate you to want to learn and grow as a leader instead of them providing you with training for new skills.  For me, I have always had the strong desire to lead and serve people, but only thing holding me back where specific leadership skills to help me lead effectively.  I had a strong motivation to lead people, but my skill set did not match up with my motivation. 

When Steve and I meet, we both know that I have a strong desire to lead, and that allows us to go further, faster.  Because we start with the skills that I need to go from there.  This has helped me tremendously to improve my skills by maximizing my time with Steve.  Skills such as how to run a meeting effectively, how to prepare to deliver a talk, or how to deal with difficult people.  I have had the desire to lead people and serve people, and these were skills I needed to have to effectively lead others.  And Steve provided the training for that.

D. Maturation

One of the great benefits of having a large age (at least for me) difference between Steve and I is that I mature greatly while spending time with him.  Who we spend time with today determines who we will become tomorrow.  That has become very evident to me after spending a significant amount of time with Steve.  As a result of spending time being coached by a man with 40 years of ministry experience, I now look at the world different.  Steve is able to tell me about how the church ran in the sixties and seventies, which brings perspective to me and my life.           

Becoming more mature through coaching also allows me to move faster and quicker through life.  One example is that he has taught me to have a list of core values that help guide my life.  These core values clarify who I am as a man, and allow me to make important decisions with ease and confidence knowing that I am making a decision based on a view of who I am and who I want to be.

E. Transparency

A benefit of meeting with Steve one-to-one has been that he is able to see me at my worst as a leader.  Steve knew about my struggles as a young leader.  He knew about volunteers that stopped volunteering with me because of my lack of good leadership.  He has been me react emotionally to people and treat them unkindly when I should have been more professional and patient.  And when I ay he knew it, he read actual emails that were being sent between unhappy volunteers and myself.

Leaders need someone who they can be totally open and honest with to share our hearts and our feelings with.  This is where good coaching takes place.  It goes deep into you as a leader and examines you and improves who you are at your core by getting rid of the bad that’s in there, and draws out the good that is in there.

A good coach is someone who allows us to peel back that outer protective covering so that he can see what’s in there.  Once the coach sees what is in there, he then is able to coach us based on the weaknesses we have and build on our strengths.  A young leader desperately needs a coach who can offer this to him.  There were many times where I needed Steve to be an objective person who I could talk to about issues that were inappropriate to talk with my volunteers at A Day of Hope.

Through all this transparency and peeling back the outer layering of a leader, is that a coach will still be right there to encourage and coach the young leader.  No mater what I have been through and told Steve about, he has always affirmed his belief in me and told me that he knows I will be able to pull off what I needed to do.

IV. AS A RESULT OF BEING COACHED

As a result of being coached by Steve Elliott I have done much more than I ever thought I could.  I have done great things that I never would have done by myself.  For two more years I lead A Day of Hope while being coached by Steve.  During those two years we experienced explosive growth in the amount of people we were successful to feed. I wish I could take more of the credit for the growth we experienced, but to be honest, much of it was because of the coaching Steve was giving to me. 

Steve has reminded me of the things I know, and helped me to take them further.  He has also helped to draw out of me the good qualities and strengths that laid dormant within me.  But as a good coach does, he drew them out of me. 

After being coached by a great leader, a great man, and a great Christ follower, I know have:

  1. More patience with people to allow them to catch up to my vision and goals
  2. More openness to new ideas and suggestions of others when those ideas and suggestions don’t agree with mine.
  3. More security in myself as a leader and am confident in my ability to lead.
  4. More comfort in approaching conflict because I know it is a necessary part of leadership.
  5. More understanding of what my strengths are and how I use them for the benefit of leading others.

Not only has Steve helped to develop leadership qualities and skills into my life, he also played a crucial role in me making a decision to become a follower of Jesus in November of 2009. Earlier I did not share that Steve had offered to mentor and coach someone (me) who was not even a Christian. I had yet to make that decision in my heart to follow Jesus. In spite of that decision I had not made (which he knew about) he continued to coach me every month. As we would meet he would drop in some Bible teaching to me and we would talk about the Bible and Jesus. So when that opportunity presented itself on a Wednesday evening at a friend’s home to accept Jesus into my heart, I took it. And Steve played a crucial role in helping me become ready to make that decision.

This article has included what the impact of coaching has had on my  life so far.  I have shared with you what I have done and experienced as a result of being coached by my dear friend, Steve Elliott.  I have shared with you the impact coaching has had on my life so far.   However, my story is not over.  The impact that Steve has had on my life will continue to affect me for the rest of my life.  The affects of coaching has been good so far, now I get to see the rewards and what happens in my life for the following years and decades.  I am only 25 years old, and I am excited to enjoy many more learns of life and coaching.  My story, is just beginning.

People come into your life for a reason, a seasons or a lifetime. When you know which one it is, you will know what to do for that person. When someone is in your life for a REASON, it is usually to meet a need you have expressed. They have come to assist you through a difficulty, to provide you with guidance and support, to aid you physically, emotionally or spiritually. They may seem like a godsend and they are. They are there for the reason you need them to be. ~ Author Unknown

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

How to Engage in Conflict with Upper Management

November 12, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Engaging in conflict with upper management is a tough topic to discuss and an even more difficult thing to practice effectively. That “boss” you have conflict with secures your job via your annual performance review, and he might also be the person who personally signs your paycheck. As someone working towards the bottom of the organizational hierarchy, I have felt the consequences of good and poor conflict management when interacting with my boss.

Some of the experiences I have been through have led me to want to do research to discover the answers to questions such as: How do I as a follower with two levels of management above me express my dissatisfaction about an issue or topic while still staying in line with my leader? How do I do a good job of being a team member who is loyal to his boss while also expressing my thoughts and views that are different than what my boss has? How do I express my views and ideas that conflict with the leader above me and have those ideas and views implemented? How do I deal with my boss on the ideas and philosophies that we differ on and disagree on?

The idea of a young leader at the bottom of an organization creating conflict is new to traditional management philosophies which believe that power belongs at the top and should stay there. David Lipsky and Ariel Augar write, “Dealing with conflicts in organizations has traditionally been the responsibility of managers and administrators who took an authoritarian view of conflict and how to deal with it.”[1] In the past, it was uncommon to have an organized method to deal with conflict created by a subordinate. And, some business leaders have legitimate grounds to believe conflict management systems promote workplace conflict and inevitably lead to higher levels of employee participation in decision making than is desirable.[2]

I believe it is good that we take time to think through what conflict looks like because conflict is going to happen. Former pastor and leadership expert John Maxwell tells us that, “Conflict will arise in any organization. Humans disagree because they are wired differently and have different agendas.”[3] Regardless of who you are or where you work in the organizational hierarchy you will have to engage in conflict. Reading through our text in class it was put well this way: “Dealing with conflict is a little like being pregnant. It becomes clear at some point that the delivery needs to take place.”[4] Since conflict is something that will happen sooner or later, I would like to share with you two successful ways to engage upper management in conflict.

I. STAND UP AGAINST UNJUST TREATMENT

An example of conflict we can look at from scripture is in 1 Samuel 28:7-22. The context of this section of scripture is the mentally ill Saul (who we know was tormented by an evil spirit) is searching for David to kill him. For years Saul has attempted to hunt down and kill David. As a result, David and his men are hiding in a cave in the wilderness of En-gedi. While in the cave David is tempted to kill Saul but instead just cuts off a corner of Saul’s robe. Then Saul walks out of the cave, and David decides to confront Saul. You and I can argue that until this point of David’s confrontation, he has been wrongly treated by Saul. Scripture tells us that David has been an outstanding commander and man of war in the Israelite army.

In fact, David was more successful than any of the other commanders in Saul’s army, yet Saul unjustly attempts to kill David on several occasions. And those attempts to kill David have caused him great emotional harm because David had to flee to the wilderness to hide, he had to move his family to keep them safe, the relationship with his best friend, Jonathan (who is also Saul’s son and next in line to become king) is in high tension, and he has lost his own wife because of the conflict with Saul. As David follows Saul out of this cave David decides to take a stand and confront Saul for the unjust treatment he has received by saying,

My lord the king! . . . . Why do you listen to the people who say I am trying to harm you? 10This very day you can see with your own eyes it isn’t true. For the Lord placed you at my mercy back there in the cave. Some of my men told me to kill you, but I spared you. For I said, ‘I will never harm the king—he is the Lord’s anointed one.’11Look, my father, at what I have in my hand. It is a piece of the hem of your robe! I cut it off, but I didn’t kill you. This proves that I am not trying to harm you and that I have not sinned against you, even though you have been hunting for me to kill me. . . . 15May the Lord therefore judge which of us is right and punish the guilty one. He is my advocate, and he will rescue me from your power![5]

I think David does a great job of confronting Saul on the wrong things that he feels Saul has done to him. He does not just vent his emotions to Saul, (even though I am sure David was emotional), but he states his opinion that is based on fact. David declares that he will not stand for Saul attempting to kill him. There comes a point when even if your boss secures your job and/or signs your paycheck, that extreme poor treatment should not be allowed to happen. You are a whole person and “when another’s expression of anger, rage, or contempt burns out of control, you have a responsibility to protect yourself. Listening to belittling; hostile blame; ridicule; demeaning or untrue accusations; sarcastic name-calling; contempt; or actual physical threats is not good conflict management.”[6]

Conflict should not attack the other person but goes about not allowing unjust behavior to happen, which is what we see here with David. David does not want to “win.” He just wants Saul to know that Saul is in the wrong, that David is going to allow God to judge each of them, that they should find a way to work together to seek a common good for both parties.[7] Here David and Saul actually talk out the issue and come to a resolution where Saul confesses he has been wrong and David goes the opposite way.

II. TALK IT OUT

I hesitate to say that management and workers need to talk about the issues in conflict because it seems obvious, but I am sure that you know it is not always practiced. It is important to talk out conflict because “if a disagreement emerges, what you do not do matters as much as what you do.”[8] Often it is easier to talk about and criticize the leader we work under instead of confronting the leader.

Wilmot and Hocker describe this as the “avoid/criticize” loop. They write, “The avoid/criticize loop is quite common in professional circles and the business world. One talks about others, but doesn’t join with them face to face and solve the problem.”[9] That avoid/criticize loop can be seen in the diagram on the right. Avoiding and criticizing others does little to create a resolution to conflict, especially if someone in task focused work has a conflict with someone in upper management because communication is already limited. Because of the limited communication that already exists between upper management and employees it only fosters an environment where more of the avoid/criticize loop happens.

If we have a conflict with someone in upper management we are most likely to share our disgust with the person(s) we communicate with the most. This means it is vitally important that we not participate in the avoid/criticize loop and that when we do have a conflict with someone in upper management that we go to that person and talk about it directly with that person. We saw this modeled for us in the passage of David confronting Saul.

Remember when David walked out of the cave, shouted to Saul to get his attention, and then confronted Saul on the wrongs that David believed were happening. Bible teacher Chuck Swindoll provides great commentary on this situation when Swindoll points out that “David told Saul the whole unvarnished truth; he told it to the person to whom it mattered most. Not to his comrades or to Saul’s friends or to the people of Israel, but to Saul himself. He came to terms with the individual with whom there was the battle.”[10] This is good because if there is a conflict that takes place between you and upper management, you need to gather together, talk, and work through it. When conflict happens it is rarely resolved if both parties fail to talk about the issue together, and it often becomes worse. For example, I know a youth pastor who was let go because of a heated conflict between him and his senior pastor. The release of this youth pastor was a surprise to him. Later I learned that the youth pastor had not been attending the church’s regular staff meetings.

As items of discussion came up about this youth pastor, he was not in the room to explain his actions or defend himself. My knowledge of that situation is somewhat limited but the negative and hurtful end result might have been avoided if that youth pastor regularly attended staff meetings to talk about the conflict, of if the senior pastor would have addressed the youth pastor earlier in the conflict.

Even though there are many strategies, techniques, and ideas about how to successfully talk through conflict, I think the simple attempt to work through the conflict is constructive. What is important is to talk about the conflict because “collaboration actively affirms the importance of relationship and content goals and thus builds a team or partnership approach to conflict management.”[11] According to Wilmot and Hocker the simple act of wanting to talk through the issue of conflict helps each part to know there is a problem which allows them to work to fix it. However, when conflict does arise most people shy away from it, so there must be a conscious decision to talk about it.

When I express the necessity of simply talking about the issue with upper management some people might perceive that as an excuse to “vent” their anger and feelings to the upper management, which is actually destructive in conflict. I want to make sure that as you attempt to talk out issues with upper management it does not mean you vent your feelings and anger. Because communication sometimes does not happen on a regular basis on key issues in the workplace, it might allow for situations to happen over and over again which gives room for feelings of anger and hostility to build up.

When those feelings of anger and hostility build up, it might be easy when approaching upper management to vent your thoughts and feelings to get them out. Some people even mistakenly say that venting is healthy for the person who feels the anger. That is a fallacy. Venting is more destructive than constructive to the person who is angry and the person who has to listen to the angry person. Our textbook from class teaches us, “Venting does nothing to help the conflict process.”[12] This is especially true when you need to confront your leader.

If you do think you need to vent, “do it with a safe friend, a counselor, a designated third party—not the conflict partner with whom you are attempting to work. Venting can feel wonderful for a while—but the price is usually too high to warrant the ‘Yes!’ feeling of telling the other person off.”[13] When you decided to talk to upper management about conflict make sure you are focused on specific issues that you know need to be remedied and fixed.

Even if you do work hard to talk out the issue and not vent, it is important to remember that the leader has the authority to make the final decision. Sometimes the leader is open to the follower’s thoughts and opinions, sometimes she is not which is ok because that is the decision of the leader, not you. In his book, Lead Your Boss, John Baldoni teaches us how to “Push Back the Right Way” to our boss when we disagree or have an idea that might be different than hers. Baldoni reminds us that if our leader does disagree with us we need to:

act professionally. Most of the time, if you and your boss disagree, she will win the argument because she holds power over you and your peers. Accepting that fact does not mean you are a pushover. It is a sign of organizational savvy. It also opens the door for further dialogue. Make it clear that while you disagree behind closed doors, you will not embarrass you boss in a meeting with higher-ups. You will demonstrate your support. That gives the boss the security to know that you have her back. There will be times to voice your opposition, but you don’t want to do so in ways that will make your boss look foolish.[14]

Baldoni gives us some great insight about talking out the conflict. It is good to remind the leader that you have her back in front of the rest of the group. As we already learned, expressing your anger and disgust about upper management to your coworkers only criticizes your leader and causes more conflict. It is important to voice your opinion and talk it out with your boss, but in the end your boss is still your boss, and she makes the final decision.

III. APPLYING THESE PRINCIPLES TO ORGANIZATIONAL LIFE

These new understandings of how to effectively engage in conflict with upper management give us a new framework when conflict arises at work. Now while at work, we know that when conflict comes up, we should not stand for any type of behavior from our boss that is hostile or that belittles us. We also know that it is important that we talk out the conflict with leadership at our organization in a productive way that does not vent our negative feelings and shows support for our leader.

Much of this research is greatly beneficial to me in my work because I have a direct supervisor whom I work for and report to on a regular basis. She also reports to our President/CEO who also reports to our 25 member Board of Directors. So, as I am mostly at the bottom of our organization, I have to deal with how to have constructive conflict with the woman I report to because there are times when I disagree on an issue that we need to talk about and work through together. Even though there are times when I express my disagreements with her and she makes a decision that does not agree with mine, it is ok because she has the authority to make decisions. It is also important that I navigate our conflict in an effective way to foster a positive work environment while at work. This means I stay away from the avoid/criticize loop and not talk negatively about her to people inside or outside of our work department. This is important because she knows that no matter what happens in a conflict we are working through she has my support.

Another area that this research applies to my life is with my assertiveness to stand up for myself against unjust treatment. This means that when someone treats me poorly, either at work or at home, that I can stand up for myself. Being treated unjustly does not happen on a regular basis to me, but it is something I need to be sensitive to in the future because I know my natural tendency as an Analyzer/Preserver is to not defend myself against unjust treatment.[15] The odds are that you are like me: someone who works as part of a team who has one (or more) bosses you have to report to on a regular basis.

Now that you know it is okay to engage in conflict with upper management on a regular basis by standing up against unjust treatment and talking out the conflict, I hope you will have productive conflict.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Baldoni, John. Lead Your Boss: The Subtle Art of Managing Up. New York: American Management Association, 2010.

Barunek, Jean M., and Barbara E. Bowe. “Transformational Management of Conflict: A Perspective from the Early Christian Church.” Employee Responsibilities and Rights Journal 1, no. 2 (1998): 151-162.

Gilmore, Susank and Patrick Fraleigh. the Friendly Style Profile: a guide through calm and storm. Eugene, OR: Friendly Press, 2004.

Lipsky, David and Ariel Augar. “The Conflict over Conflict Management.” Dispute Resolution Journal 65 (May/October 2010): 11, 38-43.

Schrock-Shenk, Carolyn., and Lawrence Ressler, eds. Making Peace with Conflict: Practical Skills for Conflict Transformation. Scottdale, PA: Herald Press, 1999.

Roloff, Michael E. “Links between Conflict Management Research and Practice.” Journal of Applied Communication Research 37, no. 4 (November 2009): 339-348.

Swindoll, Chuck. David: A Man of Passion and Destiny. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1997.

Wilmot, William and Joyce Hocker. Interpersonal Conflict. 8th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2011.


[1] David Lipsky and Ariel Augar, “The Conflict over Conflict Management,” Dispute Resolution Journal 65, (May/October 2010): 11.

[2] Ibid., 11.

[3] John C. Maxwell, The Maxwell Leadership Bible, 2nd ed. (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2007), 1204.

[4] Carolyn Schrock-Shenk and Lawrence Ressler, eds., Making Peace with Conflict: Practical Skills for Conflict Transformation, (Scottdale, PA: Herald Press, 1999), 89.

[5] 1 Samuel 24:7-22 (New Living Translation)

[6] William Wilmot and Joyce Hocker, Interpersonal Conflict, 8th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2011), 215.

[7] Jean M. Bartunek and Barbara E. Bowe, Transformational Management of Conflict: A Perspective from the Early Christian Church, Employee Responsibilities and Rights Journal 1, no. 2 (1998): 157.

[8] Michael E. Roloff, “Links between Conflict Management Research and Practice,” Journal of Applied Communication Research 37, no. 4 (November 2009): 341.

[9] William Wilmot and Joyce Hocker, Interpersonal Conflict, 8th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2011), 154.

[10] Chuck Swindoll, David: A Man of Passion and Destiny, (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1997), 89.

[11] William Wilmot and Joyce Hocker, Interpersonal Conflict, 8th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2011), 171.

[12] Ibid., 208.

[13] Ibid., 208.

[14] John Baldoni, Lead Your Boss: The Subtle Art of Managing Up, (New York: American Management Association, 2010), 61.

[15] Susan Gilmore and Patrick Fraleigh, The Friendly Style Profile: a guide through calm and storm (Eugene, OR: Friendly Press, 2004).

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

Using Influence for the Benefit of Others – An Example from Paul’s Letter to Philemon

November 4, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The book of Philemon was written by the Apostle Paul while he was in prison. Timothy and a runaway slave named Onesimus appear to be meeting with Paul regularly. Paul is writing to his “brother in Christ,” Philemon, asking Philemon to accept Onesimus, Philemon’s runaway slave. However, Onesimus is no longer the person he once was. Onesimus is now “a brother in Christ” whom Paul has helped become a Christian while in prison. 

It is significant that even though Paul is writing the letter to Philemon and making a request of Philemon, Paul also addresses the letter to Apphia (Philemon’s wife), Archippus (Philemon’s son), and the Church that regularly met at Philemon’s house.[1] This body of Christians serves as “accountability partners” for Philemon because they are not influenced by emotions and feelings about the situation between Onesimus and Philemon.

Sending the letter to these “accountability partners” helps to influence Philemon to do the right thing.  Even though Paul is the most powerful person mentioned in the letter (more on this later), he strategically uses his influence by enlisting others to make sure Philemon makes the correct decision and does the right thing, which is to send Onesimus back to Paul so Onesimus may be used to spread the gospel with Paul.

People reading this letter might believe that Philemon is the most powerful person mentioned in the letter. However, Paul is the most powerful person here. If we dig into the historical context of the world of Paul, it was considered a great honor to suffer on Christ’s behalf. Having had a personal encounter with Jesus, like many people of the early Roman Christian Church, Paul is willing to face suffering and persecution for the cause of spreading the gospel throughout the Roman Empire. Paul made three missionary journeys by now and has journeyed to Rome to continue spreading the Good News before being arrested and imprisoned.[2] Yes, Philemon owns a home, has a family, is doing good work, and hosts a church in his own home. But his spoken words are not as powerful as Paul’s, who is considered to be the greatest living Christian at that time and is clearly the unofficial leader of the early Christian Church spreading throughout the Roman Empire. 

Onesimus, who is a runaway slave converted to become a Christian, is caught in the middle. Onesimus was once considered to be a low class citizen as a slave. But since then he has lowered his status in society even more by becoming a runaway slave, and on top of that, he might have committed a crime that lands him in jail (which is how he might have come into contact with Paul). Paul leads Onesimus into a relationship with Jesus Christ, and Paul decides it is time for Onesimus to reconcile with his earthly master, Philemon. We can only guess that Onesimus is surprised by this decision. At that time, being a runaway slave was not a good position to be in. Onesimus probably hoped for as little punishment as possible from his Christian master which could have consisted of “whipping, branding, or execution.”[3] 

However, because Onesimus has discovered his spiritual gifts working under Paul, we know that Onesimus would be very fortunate to be allowed to return and work with Paul. [4] This means Onesimus would be help Paul with the great work of spreading the gospel and strengthening churches, which is very different than being a slave working on a farm or in a home. If Paul is able to successfully extend his influence to Philemon, Onesimus will benefit by being allowed to stay with Paul and continue doing great work to serve and help others.

This is the motivation for Paul setting up his letter to Philemon in a way that it is almost impossible for Philemon to say, “No” to Paul’s request.  We see Paul write,

“I always thank my God when I pray for you, Philemon, because I keep hearing about your faith in the Lord Jesus and your love for all of God’s people. And I am praying that you will put into action the generosity that comes from your faith as you understand and experience all the good things we have in Christ. Your love has given me much joy and comfort, my brother, for your kindness has often refreshed the hearts of God’s people.”[5]

Since Paul is portraying Philemon as a righteous man who is already doing good work, this positions Philemon to have to say, “Yes” to Paul’s request in order to stay congruent with Paul’s accolades about his righteous work. On top of that, Paul is not the only one to believe that Philemon is doing great work. We see Paul say, “I keep hearing” which means Paul is hearing about the good works of Philemon from other people throughout the Roman Christian Church. As a result of this good reputation, Paul hopes that Philemon lives up to that good reputation in this situation by allowing Onesimus to be sent back to Paul to continue their work together. This is evidenced when we see Paul request, “That is why I am boldly asking a favor of you. I could demand it in the name of Christ because it is the right thing for you to do. But because of our love, I prefer simply to ask you. Consider this as a request from me—Paul, an old man and now also a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus.”[6]

Paul is the unofficial leader of the Roman Christian Church, and he is probably the most influential Christian at that time. On top of that, Paul mentions that he is now imprisoned as an old man “for the sake of Christ Jesus.” A man who is the most powerful Christian in the church who is also imprisoned for spreading the gospel is asking a favor of you. Are you going to tell him, “no.” I don’t think so. Paul asks Philemon to do him a favor and reminds Philemon that he has the authority to demand it. But instead Paul wants Philemon to do the right thing for the benefit of Onesimus, and he hopes that Philemon lives up to this reputation that Philemon has built for himself among the Christian Church.

When reading and studying the text of Philemon, we can argue that Onesimus was useful to Paul and the church at that time, which happens to be the Hebrew meaning of his name.[7] In the past as a slave and possible criminal, Onesimus was not useful. Now, Onesimus has become a Christian and more than likely has found his spiritual gifts. Paul writes, “He (Onesimus) is more than a slave, for he is a beloved brother, especially to me.”[8] Paul sees Onesimus as a partner in working to spread the gospel. They are “beloved brothers” who share the same spiritual father and who serve the same God. Then Paul writes “Now he (Onesimus) is very useful to both of us.”[9] And finally, further explaining how useful Onesimus now is, Paul writes “I wanted to keep him (Onesimus) here with me while I am in these chains for preaching the Good News, and he would have helped me on your behalf.”[10]

Before, when Onesimus was working with Philemon, Onesimus was not much use for either Paul or Philemon. But now, Onesimus has committed his life to following Jesus Christ, he has discovered his spiritual gifts, and he is now very useful in Paul’s work of preaching the gospel and strengthening the church. Paul, arguably the greatest Christian alive at that time, saw Onesimus as useful to him for the work they were doing together, so useful in fact that he repeats it three times.  Paul extends his influence and takes a risk for someone he leads in the work of Jesus Christ because he sees Onesimus as useful. This is a great benefit to Onesimus that a leader such as Paul would extend his influence to make sure Onesimus gets to stay in a place where he is “useful” in deploying his spiritual gifts to serve Jesus and Paul in spreading the gospel.[11]

Like Paul, you too can extend the influence you have for the benefit of the people who follow you. How honored Onesimus must have felt to have a leader such as Paul advocating for him. Onesimus must have truly felt that he was useful for the benefit of Paul and the Good News. That is the benefit you offer when you—as a leader—extend your influence for the benefit of a follower. You give them tremendous encouragement to do the work they were meant to do.  As a result of you extending your influence for the benefit of the person who follows you, that person gains belief in herself, and she gets to be placed in a position to use her spiritual gifts. That is what happened Onesimus, as I will explain more in the final paragraph.

Depending on your own position working at an organization, you can also extend your influence for the benefit of the people who follow you. This is especially true if you are the leader of a successful company, nonprofit organization, government, or church. You have tremendous influence given to you because of the position you have earned. Paul used his influence to place Onesimus in a place where he could use his spiritual gifts to spread the gospel. Do your best to use your influence for the benefit of the people who follow you to help them work in the area of their spiritual gifts because those are the areas that God wants them to be.

In my own unique way, like Paul, I can extend my influence for the benefit of the people who follow me. I have some influence as a leader because I have founded and run a program for five years called A Day of Hope where we fed families in our community for Thanksgiving.  Recently I wrote a book by the same title, A Day of Hope: Leading Volunteers to Make a Difference in Your Community. Both of these experiences and accomplishments give me some influence that I can lend on behalf of others. If you dig into your background of experiences and accomplishments, I am sure you can find at least a few things you can point to that make you someone who has influence to lend.

Similar to Paul, I can utilize my influence among others based on what I have done for the community as a whole (serving the needs of families, similar to Paul serving the church). I can lean on the work I have done for one individual person (mentoring a young man individually, similar to Paul leading Philemon to Christ). Or, I can mentor a young man one-to-one, teach some guys in my Bible study, lead them in a growing relationship with Christ, or I can help clarify their gifts to be helpful in spreading the Gospel. As the leader who serves them, I have the opportunity (just like Paul had) to use my influence for good so they may be in a place where they are able to use their spiritual gifts to serve God (just as Onesimus was positioned in a place where he could use his gifts under Paul, instead of being a slave). Thinking about lending my influence to others takes me back to the four years of Auto Shop class I took while in High School.

Picture for me a ¼ size Craftsman wrench. A wrench can be very useful when you need to loosen or tighten a nut. If a nut needs to be loosened or tightened, the ¼ Craftsman wrench has the ability to loosen that nut so it can be taken off the bolt, free of being attached to the bolt.  And, that same Craftsman wrench has the ability to put the nut on a bolt, and tighten it down to do the good work of holding a piece of machinery so it can work properly. The variable is what size nut there is, and what size wrench there is. The benefit of a wrench is that it is about nine inches along which gives you leverage to loosen nuts that are very tight and to tighten nuts onto bolts so they do not move.

Paul, like a wrench, uses his influence and leverage as the prominent leader of the Roman Christian Church to loosen Onesimus from the tight hold his master, Philemon had on him. And after Paul loosens Onesimus from Philemon, he tightens Onesimus down into doing the good work of spreading the gospel and strengthening churches. This, lands Onesimus into the place he was supposed to be, all because Paul was that wrench who had the leverage and influence (leverage) loosen Onesimus from his position as a slave, and tighten him down to do the good work of spreading the gospel.

If you study ancient literature, the name Onesimus appeared again in a letter about 55 years later referencing Onesimus to be the highly-regarded bishop in the province of Asia.[12] We do not know if it was the same Onesimus mentioned in the book of Philemon, but it likely was. This shows that Paul truly did extend his influence for the benefit of his follower. As a result, his follower went on to do great things for the kingdom of God and spread the good news throughout an entire province. If this is what happened as a result of Paul extending his influence on behalf of Onesimus, think about the possibilities you and I both have to extend our influence on behalf of the people who follow us so that they may be useful in using their spiritual gifts.


[1] NLT Study Bible, ed. Roger Mohrlang (Carol Stream, Il: Tyndale House Publishers, 1998), 2076.

[2] D. Edmond Hiebert, The Pauline Epistles, vol. 2 of An Introduction to the New Testament (Waynesboro, GA: Gabriel Publishing, 2003), 244.

[3] NLT Study Bible, ed. Roger Mohrlang (Carol Stream, Il: Tyndale House Publishers, 1998), 2076.

[4] Read more about Paul’s teachings about new believers receiving “spiritual gifts” in 1 Corinthians 12, Ephesians 4, Romans 12:1-8, and 1 Peter 4

[5] Philem. 1:4-7

[6] Philem. 1:8-9

[7] J.B. Lightfoot, “Philemon,” in The Definitive Bible Commentary, ed. Owen Collins (London: HarperCollinsReligious, 1999), 1439

[8] Philem. 1:16

[9] Philem. 1:11

[10] Philem. 1:13

[11] Philem. 1:13

[12] NLT Study Bible, ed. Roger Mohrlang (Carol Stream, Il: Tyndale House Publishers, 1998), 2076-2077

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

The Role of the Local Church

November 4, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

Churches need to play a significant role in our community in order to save lost souls. To serve lost souls churches must be effective, but what makes up an effective church? There are a few things that I believe the church should be and do in order to play a key role in saving souls and helping people authentically live as Christ followers. From my own personal experience of what God has done in my life, from reading the Bible, and from observing my own church, I believe there are three core elements that allow a church to be effective. I believe a church needs to be led well, it should have solid Bible-based teaching, and it should show love to the community. These three elements of an effective church in a community can be deduced from a small passage in the book of Acts that shows us how the early church performed ministry in an effective way. Let us start by taking a look into the early Christian church in chapter six of Acts.

In the book of Acts there is a lot happening. Jesus has died, risen from the dead, been taken up into heaven, the day of Pentecost comes and with it comes the Holy Spirit, and the apostle Peter delivers an amazing sermon that saves 3,000 souls. Then, the early apostles begin to experience some opposition from religious leaders.[1] The result is that the religious leaders release the apostles, and we can now read what they do after being released starting in Acts 5:42:[2]

And every day, in the Temple and from house to house, they continued to teach and preach this message: “Jesus is the Messiah.” But as the believers rapidly multiplied, there were rumblings of discontent. The Greek-speaking believers complained about the Hebrew-speaking believers, saying that their widows were being discriminated against in the daily distribution of food. So the Twelve called a meeting of all the believers. They said, “We apostles should spend out time teaching the word of God, not running a food program. And so, brothers, select seven men who are well respected and are full of the Spirit and wisdom. We will give them this responsibility. Then we apostles can spend our time in prayer and teaching the word.” Everyone liked this idea, and they chose the following: Stephen (a man full of faith and the Holy Spirit), Phillip, Procorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, and Nicolas of Antioch (an earlier convert to the Jewish faith). These seven where presented to the apostles, who prayed for them as they laid their hands on them. So God’s message continued to spread. The number of believers greatly increased in Jerusalem, and many of the Jewish priests were converted too.[3]

This passage of scripture contains massive implications for local churches today if we study it. When studying this passage it shows us 1) how and why the church should be led well; 2) how important biblical teaching is; and 3) how the combination of a well led church with solid teaching allows God’s love to be shown in the community. Rather than you simply trusting me about each these three observations from Acts, let us take some time to examine each of them. The starting point of the church ministering effectively to the community is by being led well.

As we are looking at church effectiveness and comparing it to chapter six of Acts, there are some significant things the early church apostles did in order to lead the church well. One is that these apostles knew exactly what tasks were most important for them to do and they did not deviate from those tasks. Three times in this passage we see the apostles say that their priority was to “teach” the word of God.[4] The setting for this passage is that the church had been experiencing tremendous growth. Just before Acts 5:42, the apostles had been arrested and flogged by Jewish religious leaders because they were teaching and follow Jesus’ ways. The religious leaders let the men go after having them flogged because they believed the apostles would no longer be important and relevant to the community and the culture at that time. However, we know that “every day, in the Temple and from house to house, they continued to teach and preach this message: ‘Jesus is the Messiah.’”[5] Right from the beginning they knew what was most important to them, and they continued to do that.

Next in the story from Acts, the Greek-speaking believers complained because they believed their widows were being discriminated against in the food distribution compared to the Hebrew-speaking widows. The Greek-speaking believers had the attitude of “Hey, they are getting what we want/deserve, we won’t tolerate that.” With this in mind, we see the apostles react in an interesting way by quickly calling a meeting and bringing all the believers together—not just a few, not just the core leaders, and not just the people they know will agree with them. They call all the believers together, and they announce what is going to happen by making this bold declaration: “We apostles should spend our time teaching the word of God, not running a food program. And so, brothers, select seven men who are well respected and are full of the Spirit and wisdom. We will give them this responsibility. Then we apostles can spend our time in prayer and teaching the word.”[6] What a bold statement! The apostles of the early church made an important executive decision. They knew what the church needed to do in order to be successful, they declared it, and they organized it. This means that if we want our church to be well led, we need to be slightly aristocratic in our leadership of the church. The Senior Pastor should have the freedom to make key decisions and lead well. He or she has been elected to lead the church and should be given the freedom to do that well.

But what about those 12 leaders gave them the ability to be leaders? Church expert Craig Van Gelder gives us a good description of church leaders in his book, The Essence of the Church, when he writes, “First, leaders in the church must have a mature Christian character. . . .Second, the Bible assumes that leaders in the church will be selected based on their gifts and skills. The Spirit gives spiritual gifts to all in the church. Some gifts relate directly to leadership.”[7] We see both of these statements from Van Gelder in relation to the leaders we have observed in chapter six of Acts. The apostles were very mature in their faith since 11 of them had spent three years with Jesus and had already endured some persecution because of their faith. These early leaders knew they preached and taught well, so they selected seven men to do the food ministry. They knew that effective leaders focus on doing one thing well, while ineffective leaders attempt to do everything and do nothing well.

This shows church leadership, staff, and members of the church the necessity of finding their areas of strength. When giving a talk on this same passage of scripture, Andy Stanley, pastor of one of the largest churches in America, North Point Community Church, states that we should, “Only do what only you can do. The less you do, the more you accomplish.”[8] Say what? Less is more? The essence of what Andy is teaching is that leaders in the church, in order to be effective, need to focus in on the few things that only they can do. These 12 apostles were clearly called to preach and teach based on the three years they spent with Jesus. These 12 men had been personally equipped by Jesus to be leaders of the early church, and no one else at that time had been as equipped or given as much authority as they had. Clearly they were called to preach and do nothing else. We see them leading the church by having the authority to make an important decision. They stayed focused to do only what they could do, and that allowed them to lead well, which is exactly what the church in our culture needs to do: lead well.

As we have already discussed, a key element of these early church leaders doing what only they could do was teaching, which is the second of three core elements the church needs to do to be effective. Teaching in the church is important, and we can learn about how important it is from one of the greatest Bible teachers of our time, Billy Graham, when he powerfully declares, “Church is not for pretenders and performers. Church is a place for pastors to preach principles of faith in order to prepare believers to face the storms of life on the stage of an unbelieving world.”[9] That is a powerful statement from Billy Graham, a man who has preached in many countries and to millions of people. Now, back to the story of our new church in Acts. We learn from this early description of the church in chapter six of Acts that teaching the word of God was so important that it was taking up all of the apostles’ time.[10] When a church is led well and has a pastor (or two) who is given the time and freedom to devote a large chunk of time to teaching the word of God, it will help to strengthen that church’s believers who attend regularly. To strengthen the current believers, the church needs to have strong teaching every Sunday. Church should be focused on teaching solid Biblical concepts that are addressed in the Bible, and they should be related and connected to our current culture today. This is not easy, but it is essential to developing and equipping current believers to more effectively live out their faith and share it with others who do not have a personal relationship with Jesus.

As a church we are to teach our community what it means to live with faith. We need to teach people how to pray, read the Bible, serve the poor, and paint a picture of what it means to authentically live out our faith. Through that teaching, people should be equipped for work of sharing their faith. Just this past week, Pastor Brian at Enclave Community Church gave us some teaching about the importance of sharing our faith with others even if we do not have all the answers to people’s difficult questions. After teaching through the story of Phillip in Acts 8:26-40, Pastor Brian gave us an outline of six verses from the book of Romans we can use to share our faith with others. This is exactly the equipping that needs to be done for the people of the church so that they may be strengthened in their faith while also being more effective at sharing it But teaching does not have to be limited to Sunday morning sermons. The importance of Christians participating in teaching environments can be emphasized through the church stressing the importance of being involved in a weekly Bible study. Or the church might hold conferences on specific topics or even conduct their own weekly teaching classes.

In the church I attend, Enclave Community Church, people come every week to listen to Pastor Brian teach. That might be the only Biblical teaching or Bible verses a person hears all week, which is why it is important that a church has great teaching for the people who come. If they only hear a 40 minute sermon once a week, then we need to make sure it is the best 40 minute sermon we can possibly produce. People who come to Enclave Community Church and hear Pastor Brian preach are there to listen and learn from what he says. They readily await his teaching with a pen and his outline sitting in their Bible while turned to the passage of text he is teaching through. A great example of this is my friend Mike who started attending Enclave in January of 2010. Mike has a rough past due to methamphetamine and alcohol addictions. After reaching a low point in his life and with the help of family, friends, and his fiancé, Mike enlisted in the Salvation Army Adult Rehabilitation Center in Stockton, CA to help him get his life on track. As a result, Mike was able to get to know Jesus Christ as his personal Savior. Shortly after being released from the six month program in Stockton, Mike came back to live in Turlock and began attending Enclave in January of 2010. When I met Mike in March of 2010, I asked him his story and how he came to attend Enclave. (Asking questions and listening is a key part of showing love, which we will learn about later.) He shared his story of spending time in Stockton at the Rehabilitation Center, how he was now clean of drugs and alcohol, and that he had been to Enclave every single Sunday for the past three months since coming back to Turlock. In his Bible he had every one of Pastor Brian’s outlines marked up and filled with notes. Mike, as a new Christian, faithfully attended Enclave every single week to learn as much as he could about what it means to be a Christian man following Jesus. But the story does not end there, after attending Enclave for a year and a half, Mike has started a group he calls the “Enclave Prayer Warriors.” Mike organizes this group to meet once a week to pray for the church, each other, and the church’s members. Because of the solid Biblical teaching from Pastor Brian and the discipleship from his small group and counseling he received through Enclave, he has now gone on to do his own ministry that is reaching out to even more people. Mike’s story is exactly the reason that church must have strong teaching for its believers.

In addition to the church working hard to teach its current believers, another important role of the church is to find ways to share the gospel with others who are not currently believing or practicing Christians. Again, let’s go back to chapter six of Acts where it shows us how the combination of a well led church with solid Bible teaching allows God’s love to be shown to the community. This early church shows us how we are able to reach out to the community and serve when the people already in the church have been correctly taught and equipped. Because of that taking place, the 12 apostles were able to quickly chose seven men who could fill the need to feed the widows. Since the apostles were so strongly preaching and teaching, they were able to delegate to someone else the responsibility of taking care of the Greek-speaking believers and Hebrew-speaking believers. I realize that in this passage those widows were probably already part of the church, but the principle applies more generally. Someone who has been equipped and is able to serve people within the church can just as easily do the same for someone outside the church. We can sum up this entire story with verse 7 which says, “So God’s message continued to spread. The number of believers greatly increased in Jerusalem, and many of the Jewish priests were converted, too.”[11] Because the leaders of the early church were smart and disciplined enough to know they needed to do what only they could do, they were able to delegate the work of feeding the widows to seven other men who were just as capable (if not more than the apostles) of doing the job.

A key element of the church is to have the systems and processes in place so members have the freedom to listen to others and tell them about Jesus. The church should be structured with freedom for its members to do good works and use their gifts. And the essence of church members showing God’s love to the community starts with a simple act of listening to lost and hurting people in our neighborhood. When writing about what it means to be an effective church in our own neighborhood, Alan Roxburgh and M. Scott Boren believe, “. . . the real work involves sitting with the people, listening to their stories, and entering their world with an open mind and heart—not bringing predetermined decisions and goals to the table.”[12] Listening to lost and hurting people needs to be the first thing that we do. People do not want easy answers to the difficult questions they are dealing with and confused by. People want a friend who will listen to them and know them for who they are.[13] As we have already learned, it takes teaching and equipping church members for them to know that they cannot always walk up to a stranger in Wal-Mart, share the story of Jesus, and expect to have a confession right there. Through solid teaching and equipping, church members will know how to become friends with others as a way to evangelize and live with them in community regardless of their differences. During or after listening to lost and hurting people, church members can show God’s love to them by offering assistance with food, free or low-cost counseling, vacation Bible school for their kids, or a health clinic for the homeless. But again, this all wraps back to our first point of the church needing to be well led to allow this to happen.

In our Church and the Mission of God class, my classmate, Amy Berger, shared a powerful story that serves as an example of how the church needs to be well led in order for that love to make it to the community. Amy had been attending a church for several years when she decided that she wanted serve others. Instead of having the freedom for Amy to raise her hand, say she wanted to serve others, and be put to work, Amy instead had to go through an intense administrative process. She needed to fill out pages of paperwork for the church explaining what she wanted to do and why. Then she was required to meet with an associate pastor to go over her paperwork and discuss her desire to serve. Then she was required to wait for a phone call back from church about where she would be allowed to serve. That call never came. As a result, Amy visited another church where she again raised her hand saying that she wanted to offer her time to serve and help others who are in need. Immediately she was informed of several projects and initiatives the church already had in place, and she was allowed to pick the one she would like to give her time to. Amy currently spends time every week at a local school tutoring elementary school kids and teaching them good values.[14] Amy’s story shows the power of a well led church that has given its members the freedom to show God’s love to others.

Amy showing that love is exactly what we are called to do to our community: show Jesus’ love to others. Back to Van Gelder’s book, The Essence of the Church, where he informs us of what the church should look like to the outside the community by saying that, “The church is to demonstrate a new lifestyle before the world, one that breaks the cycle of anger, reaction, and revenge that characterizes the world’s practices. The core of this lifestyle is to be Christian service. Christians are to serve both fellow believers and unbelievers, even when they are hostile and mistreat us.”[15] Sometimes listening to others and serving them means we will have to sacrifice our time, attention, and money. But if the church encourages us to get out and meet with people to show love, and the church equips us to do that, then it is the right thing to do in Jesus’ name. I do not know of any other activity or more important task of a member of the church than to talk with others about Jesus. There are many people in our communities who are lost, hurting, and who do not know Jesus. It is up to us to find ways to get out there to talk with people about Jesus because if our church is going to be effective in reaching the people in our neighborhood, talking with them is the core practice in making that happen.

As we have studied what it means to be an effective church today from the book of Acts and other examples, let us wrap up our time with the story after the story. The story after the story is that the early church, led by twelve men who had no priestly training or authority, went out to spread the good news of Jesus to the entire known world at that time. They traveled by road and boat, they taught in Temples and homes, and they fostered the growth of the early church to what it now is today: Christianity as the largest religion in the world. Because these men led their church well, focused on delivering solid Biblical teaching, and gave others ways to show God’s love, they helped to create what we now know as modern Christianity.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Graham, Billy. Storm Warning (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2010), 164.

Henry, Matthew. “Acts.” In The Definitive Bible Commentary, edited by Owen Collins, 1154-1184. London: HarperCollinsReligious, 1999.

NLT Study Bible. Carol Stream, Il: Tyndale House Publishers, 1998.

Stanley, Andy. “When Less is More.” Lecture, Catalyst West Conference at Mariners Church, Orange County, CA, April 23, 2010.

Roxburgh, Alan J. and M. Scott Boren. Introducing the Missional Church: What it is, Why it Matters, How to Become One. Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2009.

Van Gelder, Craig. The Essence of the Church: A Community Created by the Spirit. Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2000.


[1] Please note that when I use the word “apostles,” I am using it in the context of the 12 disciples (minus Judas) that are now the current leaders of the early church.

[2] The passage of scripture we are studying is Acts 5:42 through Acts 6:7. However, for simplicity sake, throughout this paper I will refer to the passage as “chapter six of Acts.”

[3] Acts 5:42-6:7 (New Living Translation)

[4] Acts 5:42, 6:3,4

[5] Acts 5:42

[6] Acts 6:2-4

[7] Craig Van Gelder, The Essence of the Church: A Community Created by the Spirit (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2000), 181.

[8] Andy Stanley, “When Less is More” (lecture, Catalyst West Conference at Mariners Church, Orange County, CA, April 23, 2010).

[9] Billy Graham, Storm Warning (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 2010), 164.

[10] Matthew Henry, “Acts,” in The Definitive Bible Commentary, ed. Owen Collins (London: HarperCollinsReligious, 1999), 1160.

[11] Acts 6:7

[12] Alan Roxburg and M. Scott Boren, Introducing the Missional Church: What it is, Why it Matters, How to Become One (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2009), 86.

[13] Ibid. 84

[14] Amy Berger, conversation with author, Fresno, CA, June 23, 2011.

[15] Craig Van Gelder, The Essence of the Church: A Community Created by the Spirit (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2000), 153.

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

Three Views on How Paul Applies the Promises Given to Israel to the Gentiles

November 2, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

I. THE DISPENSATIONAL VIEW ON HOW PAUL APPLIES THE PROMISES GIVEN TO ISRAEL TO THE GENTILES

A. What Is the Initial Question at Issue? (Gal 3:1-5)

The initial question at issue is how the Gentiles received the Spirit. It was not by chance. It was not by obeying the law. It was not by being perfect.[1] Ultimately, the Spirit was given with faith while hearing, not by fulfilling the Law.[2]

B. What Is Treated as the Old Testament Paradigm of Blessing? (3:6)

The Old Testament paradigm of blessing was justification by faith (therefore blessed by God). Paul states that the Galatians received the Holy Spirit because “you believed the message you heard about Christ” (Gal 3:5, NLT). Developing his argument further, Paul continues, “In the same way” (Gal 3:6) stating that Abraham believed and God counted him as righteous in the same way that the Gentiles believed God and God counted them as righteous.

C. What Jews Are Sons of Abraham? (3:7)

The Jews who believe in God by faith are true sons of Abraham. “The real children of Abraham, then, are those who put their faith in God” (Gal 3:7). Those Jews put their faith in God and shared in Abraham’s offspring. However, this is slightly different than what the “seed” of Abraham is. The real sons of Abraham are those who put their faith in God.

D. What Was God’s Purpose for the Gentiles? (3:8-9)

God’s purpose for the Gentiles was that they would be counted righteous because of their faith. “[T]he Scriptures looked forward to this time when God would declare the Gentiles to be righteous because of their faith” (Gal 3:8a). Furthermore, this meant that through Abraham all the nations would be blessed (Gal 3:8b is quoted from Gen 12:3; 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14). Therefore, “all who put their faith in Christ share the same blessing Abraham received because of his faith” (Gal 3:9). In this way, God had always intended to use Abraham to bless the world and to use Abraham’s faith (as a means to righteousness) as a model for others (both Jew and Gentile) to follow.

E. How Does God Use the Law to Bring Blessing? (3:10-13)

The curse comes upon those who fail to obey the Law completely which was contrary to a declaration of justification for making a “good attempt.” Those who rely on the works of the Law are under the curse (3:10) for three reasons: (1) the Law demands obedience in all that it commands (Gal 3:10 cf. Deut 27:26), (2) faith is judged in exchange for righteousness (Gal 3:12 cf. Hab 2:4), and (3) hanging on a tree, Christ took the curse of the Law in order to redeem us from the curse (Gal 3:13 cf. Deut 21:23).

F. What are the Two Clauses in Transition? (3:14) What Is the Point of Each Clause?

The two clauses are governed by the Greek conjunction ἵνα which is often interpreted “in order that (of purpose); so that (of result); that (indirect statement).”[3] The first ἵνα clause of 3:14 is a purpose clause stating “that the blessing of Abraham . . . Gentiles.”  The second ἵνα clause is a result clause stating, “that we might receive the Spirit.” Both Jew and Gentile are included in this reception of the Spirit. The purpose was that redemption is for Gentiles which God had originally promised to Abraham (this meant that the Gentiles may be blessed and justified with Abraham as the example.

G. How Did God Bring Inheritance to the Jews? (3:15-18)

God brought the inheritance to the Jews through Jesus (not Abraham, Isaac, or David). This inheritance was given to Abraham and “his child. . . . and that, of course, means Christ” (Gal 3:16). After Jesus’ ascension to heaven that inheritance is now received by the Spirit through faith.  

1. What Was the Point of the Promise?

The point of the Promise is that it was a promise and not a condition under the Law. It was a covenant grant cut as an unconditional promissory agreement. “Serve me and live a blameless life. I will make a covenant with you” (Gen 17:1-2). This inheritance was a promise and still is a promise that “God graciously gave it [promise] to Abraham as a promise” (Gal 3:18).

2. Would a Law Covenant Annul the Promise?

The Law Covenant given 430 years later did not annul the Promise Covenant. “The agreement God made with Abraham could not be canceled 430 years later when God gave the law to Moses. God would be breaking his promise” (Gal 3:17). Instead the two promises work together. The Law Covenant and Abrahamic Covenant do not compete (even though it might appear that way), but they worked together because neither gave life.

H. What Is the Point of the Law in Providing Inheritance? (3:19-25)

The Law was ultimately given to tutor Israel. In this way it was supposed to help Israel recognize and receive the seed to whom the Promise was made. Additionally, the Law was given to show the Patriarchs their sins as Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph’s generations continued to violate God’s expectations (3:19). Furthermore, the Law was an agreement between two parties with Moses as mediator. “Now a mediator is helpful if more than one party must reach an agreement. But God, who is one, did not use a mediator when he gave his promise to Abraham” (3:20). In this manner God imitates, Moses mediates, and Israel responds. The Law was to confront Israel with their transgressions not in a contradictory way, but complementary (3:21). The Scripture placed everyone as “prisoners of sin” (3:22) and the promised life of freedom is given to those who are “believing in Jesus Christ” (3:22). Finally, the Law was given to tutor Israel to recognize that their justification was by faith. “Before the way of faith in Christ was available to us, we were placed under guard by the law. We were kept in protective custody, so to speak, until the way of faith was revealed” (3:23). This was guarding the Jews until faith and the Holy Spirit became their tutor to bring them to Christ.

I. How Do Gentiles Become Sons of God? (3:26)

By receiving the Gospel—faith in Jesus Christ—the Gentiles become heirs in partnership with Christ having been baptized into Christ. “For you all are children of God through faith in Christ Jesus” (3:26). Simply, faith in Jesus is the means by which Gentiles become sons of God. Looking back on Gal 3:1-5 Paul writes to the Jews saying “you” received the Spirit by believing the message about Christ (3:2, 5). Now, in Gal 3:26 “you” is applied to the Gentiles as the ones who now are sons of God by also believing the message of Jesus Christ. What was true for the Jews being justified by faith (3:24-25) also applies to the Gentiles.

J. How Is Diversity of Peoples Brought to Share as One in Christ? (3:27)

Christ has provided an avenue for “all” (3:27) peoples to be brought together via Christ’s baptism. They are grown sons and heirs in inheritance. They have “put on” Christ; “all who have been united with Christ in baptism have put on Christ, like putting on new clothes.” They have been “baptized into Christ” and identified with him as partner.

K. How Are Gentiles the Seed of Abraham? (3:28)

The new partnership has replaced the old partnership. The Mosaic Covenant partnership involved distinctions in privilege not present in the present partnership. Ultimately, Gentiles are the “seed of Abraham” because they have “been united with Christ in baptism” (3:26). Since Jesus was the “seed” (singular) which would bless the nations, the Gentiles are the seed of Abraham because they have been blessed through Jesus.

1. How is “Seed” Used in 3:16?

Seed is used in 3:16 to refer specifically to Jesus. “God gave the promises to Abraham and his child. And notice that the Scripture doesn’t say ‘to his children,’ as if it meant many descendants. Rather, it says ‘to his child’ – and that, of course, means Christ” (3:16). Therefore, Jesus is the “seed” in a singular sense.

2. How Does this Relate to Sons in 3:7?

Gentiles are the seed of Abraham because they have received the inheritance by faith, just as the Jews did first. Therefore the process was the same. For “the real children of Abraham, then, are those who put their faith in God” (3:7). Just as the Jews were not saved by the Law, but instead by their faith in God, so the Gentiles now can receive that same inheritance by faith in Abraham’s seed, which is Jesus.

3. How Are Jews and Gentiles Seed of Abraham in the Same Sense and in a Different Sense?

Jews and Gentiles are the seed of Abraham in the same sense that they both can receive the inheritance and the Spirit by belief in Jesus Christ. The sense in which they are slightly different is that the Jews are the literal and physical “seed” of Abraham. The Jews directly share Abraham’s DNA. However, Gentiles do not share the literal and physical heritage of being the “seed” of Abraham in the sense of sharing DNA.

II. N.T. WRIGHT’S POSITION ON HOW PAUL APPLIES THE PROMISES GIVEN TO ISRAEL TO THE GENTILES

A. What is the Initial Question at Issue? (3:1-5)

Wright does not see the text of Galatians 3 to be about the theological contrast between grace and law. Nor is it about the psychological contrast between the struggle to please a legalistic God or enjoying the underserved pleasure of a gracious God. Instead, Wright believes that Paul’s concern was for the single family in a context of Messiah-based (to come) people of Abraham alongside with the crucified-Messiah community formed by the Torah.[4]

B. What is Treated as the Old Testament Paradigm of Blessing? (3:6)

[I was unable to find N.T. Wright’s direct comments on this verse.]

C. What Jews Are Sons of Abraham? (3:7)

Wright affirms that the “family” is a covenant family of the world which is the family of faith. This family of Abraham are all of those who belong to the Messiah—Jesus—and belonging to Christ they make up one family. This family is “all one” in him (Christ) having no distinctions of ethnic origins, gender, or social status (861).

D. What was God’s Purpose for the Gentiles? (3:8-9)

[I was unable to find N.T. Wright’s direct comments on these verses.]

E. How Does God Use the Law to Bring Blessing? (3:10-13)

Wright believes that the Law had potential to block the promises to Abraham; however the Messiah’s death has taken care of that problem (p. 862). Some writers attempt to state that the Law was “negative,” which Wright believes is incorrect. Instead, the Law had a specific job to perform at the “key intermediate stage in the divine purpose” (p. 866). Therefore, the Law was never a means by which the Abrahamic Covenant would be accomplished (Ibid.). It is important to note that Wright interprets Paul talking about the Gentile believers and the Jewish believers under the Law. Wright is not differentiating between the two groups. In fact, the only difference in this passage, according to Wright, is the “routes by which these two groups came into the one, single family” (p. 864). Wright believes that the Gentiles were brought into that single family from the outside while Jews (who were to some degree already within the covenant) were renewed by the gift of the Spirit.

F. What Are the Two Clauses in Transition? What Is the Point of Each Clause? (3:14)

Wright sees the first clause of 3:14 stating that getting rid of the “curse” enables the Abrahamic blessing to flow to the Gentiles (p. 867). The second clause, according to Wright, uses the word “we” to refer primarily to the Jews who also come into the new covenant relationship by faith (p. 867).

G. How Did God Bring Inheritance to the Jews? (3:15-18)

Wright shares that he believes the points of 3:15-18 are (1) God promised Abraham a singly family, not two families, and (2) the Law threatened to create two families (p. 868). Therefore, the “inheritance” of v. 18 is to be seen in its different shades of meaning landing on the idea that both Jews (Abraham’s direct decedents) and Gentiles are God’s children (p. 874).

1. What Was the Point of the Promise?

The point of the promise, according to Wright, is that if you belong to the Messiah, then you inherit the promise, and therefore will be part of Abraham’s family.

2. Would a Law Covenant Annul the Promise?

Wright states adamantly that the Law Covenant cannot annul the promise made to Abraham (p. 869). The promise God had made to Abraham takes precedence over the Law and therefore the Abrahamic promise is not affected by the Law (p. 862).

H. What Is the Point of the Law in Providing Inheritance? (3:19-25)

Wright likens the Law to a babysitter—a hired hand—who kept his eye on the younglings, kept them out of trouble, and took them to and from school. Wright directly denies that the Law was a “tutor,” “teacher,” or “schoolmaster” (p. 874). Wright’s other miscellaneous references to the Law further explain his view of the Law and its relation to inheritance. First, the Law was not given as a means of inheriting the Promise. In effect its purpose was negative (p. 862). Secondly, the Law was necessary (Ibid.). In addition, the Law was never designed to be permanent (Ibid.). Fourth, the Law was added because of the transgressions and sins of  Israel. (pp. 870-871). Lastly, the Law offered life, but it did not give life (p. 871).

I. How Do Gentiles Become Sons of God? (3:26)

For Wright, the identifying mark of God’s people—the one seed of Christ—is the faith of the people in Christ (p. 544). With the new event of the Messiah, through faith in him, the Gentiles therefore become sons of God (p. 874).

J. How Is Diversity of Peoples Brought to Share As One in Christ? (3:27)

Wright affirms that there are ethnic and of course gender distinctions that still exist even though we are “one in Christ.” But these differences do not count in the fact that all people are part of Abraham’s family. In this way, the family of God is a “seed” as one whole body together (p. 875). Indwelt by the spirit of God, we are all the Messiah’s people (p. 543). In other words, those who are one in Christ are all indwelt by the spirit of God (p. 543), participated in Christ’s death, and joined Christ in his resurrection (p. 544).

K. How Are Gentiles the Seed of Abraham? (3:28) How Is ‘Seed’ Used in 3:16? How Does This Relate to Sons in 3:7? How Are Jews and Gentiles the Seed of Abraham in the Same Sense and in a Different Sense?

The “seed” of Abraham is seen by Wright as one body and one family of peoples. In this way, Wright does not see “seed” as referring to one person—Jesus Christ—but instead to the whole family of God who are now one. According to Wright, “Abraham has one family, not two” (p. 539) which consists of all who believe in Jesus the Messiah.

III. MY POSITION ON HOW PAUL APPLIES THE PROMISES GIVEN TO ISRAEL TO THE GENTILES

A. What is the Initial Question at Issue? (3:1-5)

The initial question at issue in this text is how believers received the Holy Spirit (3:2) and were counted as righteous (3:5). Paul is attempting to address how it is that both Jews and Gentiles came to be counted as righteous.

B. What is Treated as the Old Testament Paradigm of Blessing? (3:6)

The Old Testament paradigm of blessing is seen as Abraham believing and being counted as righteous because of that belief. “In the same way, ‘Abraham believed God, and God counted him as righteous because of his faith’” (Gal 3:6).

C. What Jews Are Sons of Abraham? (3:7)

As a result of Abraham being the example of one who believed and was counted by God as righteous because of his faith Paul states, “The real children of Abraham, then, are those who put their faith in God” (Gal 3:7). This was contrary to keeping the Law of Moses or the numerous additional laws and rules created by the first century Pharisees. Additionally, as faith is what made someone the “real child” of Abraham, Paul did not completely abandon distinctiveness or uniqueness of people groups and ethnicities, as will be discussed in letters “I” and “J” below based on Gal 3:26-27.

D. What was God’s Purpose for the Gentiles? (3:8-9)

God, in his original plan, “looked forward to this time when God would declare the Gentiles to be righteous because of their faith” (3:8a). Therefore, God’s purpose was for the Gentiles was for them to be blessed, but that blessing would be through Abraham. That original plan of God in the Scriptures is most clearly seen in Gen 12:3b, “All the families on the earth will be blessed through you [Abraham],” 18:18b, “All the nations of the earth will be blessed through him [Abraham],” and 22:18a, “And through your [Abraham’s] decedents all the nations of the earth will blessed.” God’s plan was that Jesus (the eventual seed of Abraham) would be the one to provide blessing for the Gentiles.

E. How Does God Use the Law to Bring Blessing? (3:10-13)

God uses the Law to bring blessing by showing that everyone is cursed because of the Law because they are not able to obey it completely, “But those who depend on the law to make them right with God are under his curse, for the Scriptures say, ‘Cursed is everyone who does not observe and obey all the commands that are written in God’s Book of Law” (Gal 3:10). As the Law showed that every person was cursed under the Law (because no one person could obey it perfectly), it therefore showed Jews that there was a need for someone else to place them in right standing with God.  “But Christ has rescued us from the curse pronounced by the law. When he was hung on the cross, he took upon himself the curse for our wrongdoing. For it is written in the Scriptures, ‘Cursed is everyone who is hung on a tree.’” (3:13). In this way, the Law provided the need for someone else to help Jews be right before God. That righteous standing is provided to those who believe in Christ as the one who now brings blessings to believers.

F. What Are the Two Clauses in Transition? What Is the Point of Each Clause? (3:14)

The two clauses in transition are (1) “Through Christ Jesus, God has blessed the Gentiles with the same blessing he promised to Abraham” and (2) “so that we who are believers might receive the promised Holy Spirit through faith.” (Gal 3:14, emphasis mine). Both of these clauses are introduced with the Greek conjunction, ἲνα which is often translated “in order that (of purpose); so that (of result); that (indirect statement).”[5] The NLT starts the first clause with the preposition “through” based on the ἲνα conjunction next to the Greek preposition, εἰς, which is often translated as “into” or “to.”[6] This construction led the NLT text to be translated with the word “through” and implies the means by which God had blessed the Gentiles, which is Christ. The second clause of 3:14 also begins with ἲνα. But it is translated by the NLT as “so that” and implies the result of the first clause, which is that believers receive the Holy Spirit through faith.

G. How Did God Bring Inheritance to the Jews? What Was the Point of Promise? Would a Law Covenant Annul the Promise? (3:15-18)

The inheritance was provided to the Gentiles through the seed of Abraham which was Abraham’s child andnot his children. “God gave the promises to Abraham and his child. And notice that the Scripture doesn’t say ‘to his children,’ as if it meant many descendants. Rather, it says, ‘to his child’—and that, of course, means Christ” (Gal 3:16). That inheritance was provided to the Gentiles through Christ, the seed of Abraham. The point of the promise is that it was given as an “irrevocable agreement” (3:15) that could not be received by keeping the Law (3:18). Furthermore, the fact that the Law Covenant was given 430 years after the Promise could not annul that original promise as given in Gen 12:3; 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14.

H. What Is the Point of the Law in Providing Inheritance? (3:19-25)

The Law was provided “alongside the promise to show people their sins. . . . designed to last only until the coming of the child who was promised” (Gal 3:19). With the temporary Law, Moses was the mediator between God and his people as a means to help the people ensure they stayed faithful to God (Gal 3:19). With Moses as mediator the Law guarded and protected believers before the way of faith was revealed. “The law was our guardian until Christ came; it protected us until we could be made right with God through faith” (Gal 3:24, also see 3:23). But “now that the way of faith has come, we no longer need the law as our guardian” (Gal 3:25). In this way, the Law showed the Jews their sins and protected them until the way of faith was made available to them.

I. How Do Gentiles Become Sons of God? (3:26)

With the way of faith now available to both Jews and Gentiles as a result of Christ, all persons are “children of God through faith in Christ Jesus” (Gal 3:26), the promised one and the seed of Abraham.  

J. How Is Diversity of Peoples Brought to Share As One in Christ? (3:27)

It is through the baptism in Christ that all people are brought to share as one in Christ. “And all who have been united with Christ in baptism have put on Christ, like putting on new clothes” (Gal 3:27).

K. How Are Gentiles the Seed of Abraham? (3:28) How Is ‘Seed’ Used in 3:16? How Does this Relate to Sons in 3:7? How Are Jews and Gentiles seed of Abraham in the Same Sense and in a Different Sense?

Gentiles are the seed of Abraham because of their faith in Christ and baptism with him (Gal 3:26-27). Jews are the direct “seed” of Abraham in a different manner than Gentiles because Jews share Abraham’s direct lineage (DNA). Gentiles are the seed of Abraham because Christ was the “seed” of Abraham (Gal 3:16), and when Gentiles believe in Christ they are joined with the Jews as sons of God because of their faith (Gal 3:7).

Bibliography

A Concise Greek-English Dictionary of the New Testament. Revised Edition. Prepared by Barclay Newman, United Bible Societies, 2010.

Wright, N.T. Paul and the Faithfulness of God, book 3. “Paul’s Theology” in Christian Origins and the Question of God. Vol.4. Minneapolis, MN, Fortress Press, 2013)


[1] Related to the idea of the nation of Israel being perfect Paul told the Gentiles, “Jesus gave his life for our sins, just as God our Father planned, in order to rescue us from this evil world in which we live” (Gal 1:4).

[2] Elliott Johnson, “Acts and the Pauline Epistles,” unpublished class notes for BE106A (Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2015).

[3] A Concise Greek-English Dictionary of the New Testament, revised edition, prepared by Barclay Newman, United Bible Societies, 2010, 88.

[4] N.T. Wright, Paul and the Faithfulness of God, book 3, “Paul’s Theology” in the series, Christian Origins and the Question of God, vol. 4 (Minneapolis, MN, Fortress Press, 2013) 863.

[5] A Concise Greek-English Dictionary of the New Testament, revised edition, prepared by Barclay Newman, United Bible Societies, 2010, 88.

[6] Ibid., 55.

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

How Time-crunched Leaders Develop Potential Leaders

November 1, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

A Guide for Busy Nonprofit Professionals  and Church Leaders

Acknowledgments

I am grateful to three specific people in my work on this project. First, my wife Jennifer has been the main reader of all my work through school and now after. Second, my faculty advisor Dr. George Hillman at Dallas Theological Seminary allowed me to pitch this idea and he faithfully provided feedback. Third, Amy Vickery who was my supervisor at United Way (she’s supervisor number three) and who read several revisions of this book.

Chapter 1: An Introduction to Leadership Development in
Nonprofits and Churches

Nonprofit organizations and churches are often understaffed and underfunded, resulting in over-worked mid-level managers. Most nonprofit managers and church pastors face the challenge of running a program, managing staff, providing monthly board reports, helping with various fundraising responsibilities, and last but not least, developing leaders within their staff. Sadly, all of the challenges nonprofit leaders face often prevent leadership development from occurring. While developing leaders can yield the highest outcomes for employee productivity and improvement in the community, this area often gets put aside amongst other pressures because it does not provide immediate results. Investing in leadership development, whether financially or timely, “can feel like a luxury compared with investing in needs at the heart of a nonprofit charitable purpose, but failure to invest in leadership, as well as services, puts the entire mission at risk.”[1] Investments in leadership development for nonprofit and church staff must be made.

I. MY STORY

I experienced this lack of leadership development during the six years I was an employee at a nonprofit organization. My primary responsibilities were to recruit, equip, train, and lead approximately 125 volunteers. During those five years I had three direct supervisors. These individuals were responsible for my growth as a competent employee and potential future leader within our organization.

As a twenty-two-year-old employee, my first supervisor provided a good orientation and training for me to learn the basics of my job. He took me along on his work, showed me the ropes, and gave me some basic guidance on how to do my job.  My second supervisor was good at providing clear goals and expectations for what I was and was not supposed to do. As an employee with some experience and skills, this was a good fit for me as I was provided freedom to complete my work in ways that matched my strengths.  This supervisor only wanted to know my results and ensure I had what I needed to succeed in my basic job responsibilities. Neither of these two supervisors showed interest in nor provided guidance for me to develop as a leader. Each was very busy and had a long list of responsibilities which left little time for leadership development of a younger staff member.

Finally, my third supervisor expressed interest in training me as a leader. Entering that working relationship was an important element in my growth as an employee and future leader. By the time supervisor number three became my boss I had become well skilled at doing my normal job. Yet she took the time to review my performance evaluations conducted before her arrival to assess my strengths and weaknesses. Based on these evaluations she and I discussed my desire to have a leadership position. Supervisor number three saw that while I had an opportunity to lead our volunteers’ council, I also needed to have someone to regularly talk to and discuss issues with. She worked with me on my one-year goals and determined we would follow up with each other every three months for a brief meeting to see how I was progressing.

My own experience of trying to develop as a leader in a nonprofit organization led me to research how leaders in nonprofit organizations and churches can develop potential leaders. Did all of my three supervisors at my past job want to develop me as a leader? I would think yes, but they lacked time to regularly invest in that for the future benefit of our organization. Therefore, I would characterize each of my three supervisors as good people who did a good job of managing me; yet they all faced the same issue. They recognized the need to develop me into a competent leader but lacked the time to implement leadership development.

II. THE LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROBLEM

My experience is not an isolated experience. This is a common problem in the nonprofit sector. To benefit the agency, management must develop future leaders yet lacks the time to do so. Nonprofit leaders “grasp the value and importance of leadership development while conceding that it is something they do haphazardly and inconsistently, if it happens at all.”[2] This lack of leadership development is something that might not affect nonprofit organizations’ impact on the community today, but it will affect the future success of the nonprofit. Lack of leadership development leads to “missed opportunities and organizational missteps. Hence, when the pool of capable organizational leaders is not continually nurtured, the organization may stagnate in the short term and become vulnerable in the long term.”[3]

One might think that since management personnel often lack time to develop leaders besides their many other responsibilities, the solution is to send staff to outside leadership trainings. Thus, many may see budgeting for outside leadership development training as the biggest inhibitor of leadership development. Research conducted by The Foundation Center in 2011 found that while for-profit companies spend $150 per employee per year in leadership training, the nonprofit sector only spends $29 per employee per year in leadership training.[4]  However, the nonprofit battle cry of “we don’t have enough resources” is not an excuse for training and developing nonprofit leaders for “the lack of a discretionary budget for outside training should not be considered an insurmountable barrier to development.”[5] Numerous examples have shown that simply throwing money at a problem rarely solves it. One organizational leadership expert explains that expensive formal training programs are a “distant third in the hierarchy of effective leadership training techniques.”[6] Outside leadership development trainings are not as effective as in-house and on-the-job trainings.

Research conducted by The Bridgespan Group in 2012 shows that only 28 percent of nonprofit leaders have leadership plans for individuals to address leadership gaps. Yet, the best news is that 65 percent of nonprofit leaders report they have plenty of on-the-job opportunities for leadership development.[7] These “on-the-job” opportunities might be the best means for developing future leaders for these opportunities rarely cost additional funds and do not require potential leaders to spend time away at expensive training events. I will explore several of these opportunities in the chapters that follow. But first, let’s look at the importance of your organization’s culture and other staff when developing leaders.

Chapter 2: Get Support from People and
the Organizational Culture

To develop leaders, there must be buy-in from all levels of the organization. From the board of directors or elders down to the administrative support staff, everyone needs to believe in the importance of developing leaders. Besides support from people, there needs to be support from the systems and culture of the organization.

I. SUPPORT FROM PEOPLE

A. Board of Directors and Elders

To develop leaders in nonprofit organizations, Tom Adams says, “Top leadership commitment is the place to start.”[8] Within nonprofit organizations, top leadership is the board of directors. The board of a nonprofit holds more authority than any staff position in a nonprofit organization because the board is the governing arm that makes decisions about the CEO, key staff, budgets, and mission. Within a church the board is often called “elders”[9] or a “leadership board,” and according to Aubrey Malphurs and Will Mancini, the leadership board “in many ministries is more influential than the pastor.”[10] Therefore, conversations about leadership development of potential leaders start with the board of directors and elders. This can be done by bringing research and case studies to board meetings showing how leadership development will improve the organization.

B. CEO

Once support for developing leaders has been established from the board of directors, the second most important person is the president or CEO in a nonprofit or senior pastor in a church.[11] While the board might be more influential than any staff member of a nonprofit, Kirk Kramer and Preeta Nayak state that in an organization “no other staff member has more influence over the norms of an organization than the CEO.”[12] Malphurs and Mancini agree that the CEO or pastor must support leadership development because if this person “resists, drags his heels, or shows no interest in raising up this and the next generation of leaders, it won’t happen.”[13]

Obtaining support from the CEO or pastor starts with the board seeing the value of leadership development and taking the necessary steps to implement development of the CEO or pastor. This means the board evaluates the CEO regularly and in that process helps the CEO identify his own professional development goals.[14] In other own words, the second step to effectively developing potential leaders is to have a CEO actively developing himself.[15] The first step to getting CEO support for leadership development is to have the CEO create her own leadership development plan. (A leadership development plan will be explained later in chapter six of this book.)

C. Managerial Staff

According to Malphurs and Mancini, the managerial staff are the main players “involved in the process and mentoring emerging leaders.”[16] Managerial staff are crucial to leadership development because these are the people that will directly develop potential leaders throughout the organization.

Tom Adams, in his book The Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development Guide, advocates that nonprofits should look three to five years in their future to see what their leadership needs will be. Once the board and CEO have determined what those needs are, a leadership development plan should be created and “completed by the CEO, board, and appropriate staff.”[17] The “appropriate staff” are the people who will do the day-to-day work of developing potential leaders. The process of leadership development might never occur if the board and CEO do not support it. If managerial staff do not support leadership development, it will occur but not very well.

Before approaching managerial staff about developing potential leaders make sure that the board of directors and CEO have each signed off on leadership development. Then, approach managerial staff saying they need to actively look for potential individuals to develop into leaders. That active process of leadership development is discussed in chapters four through seven.

D. Non-positional Leaders

Last, the leaders in the organization without an official position of leadership need to support leadership development. These people are called “non-positional leaders”. Within churches this might be most important because according to Malphurs and Mancini, “non-positional leaders may actually lead the congregation.”[18] Non-positional leaders are the recipients of the leadership development program. Consequently, non-positional leaders must buy-in to the process of developing leaders. 

Non-positional leaders are perhaps the most difficult people to get buy-in for the leadership development process. The next chapter will provide a list of qualities and skills that will help management staff evaluate which non-positional leaders to get buy-in from (because those will be the people who are actively developed).

II. SUPPORT FROM SYSTEMS AND CULTURE

The culture of an organization is important because if the culture supports learning and leadership development, then it will happen. If the culture does not provide support for leadership development, no amount of pushing from staff or the board will make an impact.[19] In his book Informal Learning in Organizations, Robin Hoyle makes the important point that “culture can have an impact [on learning], not only on how people learn but what they learn as well.”[20] Four areas in an organization’s culture can support leadership development.

A. Mission

Part of getting support for leadership development is to do what Skip Bell calls, “rethinking mission.” Rethinking mission means that an organization focuses on its area of service while also creating a mission “in which personal transformation of its members is sought.”[21] In this way, an organization creates a marriage between its mission to serve the community and its development of the people who carry out that mission. This means that mission is no longer an accomplishment or goal, but instead, the mission becomes developing people who learn, change, and do while producing a product or service.[22] Part of developing systems that support leadership development is having a mission that supports it.

B. Responsibility

A culture must be created in which responsibility is taken by learners. This means learners assess their skills and knowledge and determine where they need improvement. Both the learner and the organization must place the responsibility on the learner. According to Robin Hoyle, “The organization has a requirement to create the environment in which learners can learn from their peers and can take responsibility for updating their own skills and knowledge. Even where individuals are not part of a large organization, learners are helped by a similar culture that expects professionals to continually learn and develop their practice.”[23]

C. Freedom

The culture of an organization also must provide potential leaders with some level of freedom to try new things and experiment. If potential leaders know they will be ridiculed and punished for doing something wrong, they will never try new things. Instead, potential leaders must be supported to try new and innovative practices that might improve their work and the organization they work for. Therefore, a balance of freedom to try new things and support after the work has been completed needs to exist to support leadership development.[24]

D. Budget

The last and most tangible expression of a culture that supports leadership development is an organization’s budget. While some people might see money invested in leadership development as discretionary, it is essential that funds are adequately provided to ensure that leadership development can happen in formal contexts (as will be discussed later).[25] Implementing a budget that supports nonprofit leadership development must be supported by both the CEO and the board to acquire the resources to support leadership development.[26] However, just because an organization’s budget provides financial support for leadership development does not mean that leadership development occurs. For good leadership development there needs to be financial resources to support the leadership development plans created and implemented by potential leaders.

III. CONCLUSION

The first step to developing potential leaders in an organization is to ensure the organization will support the process. And, by organization I mean the people who work there and the overall culture. When it is determined that the organization will support leadership development, the next step is to identify potential leaders for development.  

Chapter 3: Develop a Pipeline of Potential Leaders[27]

In organizations, people will always come and go. Therefore, to remain viable, an organization must develop a pipeline of potential leaders. John Maxwell describes the importance of looking for potential leaders when he writes, “There is something much more important and scarce than ability: It is the ability to recognize ability. One of the primary responsibilities of a successful leader is to identify potential leaders. It’s not always an easy job, but it is critical.”[28]  To develop this pipeline, one must identify potential leaders with both prerequisite qualities and prerequisite skills.

I. PREREQUISITE QUALITIES

Some people are happy with their current job responsibilities and do not want to stretch into new roles. This means that some people will not want to be developed into leaders. Maxwell’s summary is relevant: “Nurture all of your people, equip many. But develop only a few—the few who are ready and willing.”[29] Below are descriptions of the prerequisite qualities for potential leaders that should not just be nurtured or equipped, but also developed.

A. Good Character

Good character means potential leaders have a good reputation in their community as responsible citizens. This means potential leaders can pass simple background checks, are not being investigated by law enforcement for prior crimes, etc. Potential leaders are people of good integrity and are trustworthy.

B. Positive Attitude

While potential leaders need not be the most positive person in a room, they do need to have a positive outlook on situations. One of the main responsibilities of a leader is to solve problems and having a positive outlook on people and problems is required for potential leaders.

C. Servanthood

Servanthood should be seen in potential leaders’ willingness to submit, play as a team, and follow the leader. Part of servanthood is also seeing the big picture of an organization and focusing on contributing to fulfilling the organization’s vision. Potential leaders must show signs they will work hard, make tough decisions, and put the needs of the organization above their own. 

D. Teachable

Potential leaders must show a desire for professional growth and be open to coaching from other people. A desire to do their work well and improve means potential leaders accept constructive criticism and use it to improve their work and skills.

E. Follow-Through

The quality often overlooked in potential leaders is follow-through. American culture loves visionary leaders who are charismatic and likable. Yet, often visionary leaders are terrible at getting work done and seeing projects through completion. Follow-through is a must for potential leaders without a large staff working beneath them to catch all the loose ends that fall through the cracks. For potential leaders to succeed they should be known for saying what they will do and following through on those commitments.[30]

II. PREREQUISITE SKILLS

When creating an ongoing leadership development plan, leaders must clarify what competencies are needed for potential leaders.[31] Senior leadership at an organization must look at what leadership capacities they will need to fulfill their mission in the next three to five years and based on that, create a list of competencies and skills that leaders need to have.[32] While that list will be different for each organization, the development areas below should be a starting point for Christian and secular organizations. Most potential leaders will not have a high level of competency in each area, but current leaders need to believe potential leaders can learn and grow in these areas.

A. Ability

Ability is more than the desire or aspiration to be a leader. It is the innate characteristics and learned skills needed to carry out day-to-day work. These are things such as cognitive abilities, emotional intelligence, and technical skills. These are the leader’s actions and behavior in what is called hard or task skills and soft or relational skills. Hard or task skills are how to cast vision, develop core values, manage a budget, and teach. Soft or relational skills are how to listen to others, provide encouragement, mentor others, and resolve conflict.

B. Engagement

Engagement includes four elements. The first is emotional commitment, which is how the employee values, believes in, and enjoys the organization where he works. The second is relational commitment in which an employee believes that staying with the organization serves his best interest. Third is a discretionary commitment, which is the employee’s willingness to go the extra mile. Fourth is intent to stay as an employee desires to continue with that organization.

C. Feeling

Often this is described as the Personal Awareness and Management quadrant of “Emotional Intelligence” in which a person recognizes her emotions, identifies them as good or bad, manages that emotion, and explores why that emotion has arisen.[33]

D. Applied Researcher

Personal and professional growth are not enough for a potential leader. And a potential leader must anchor innovation and strategy in data and evidence. This data and evidence can be acquired through various means. Academic journals, books, magazines, and podcasts are all ways that potential leaders can acquire data and evidence for improved work.

E. Savvy Networker

A potential leader builds relationships with colleagues and taps into the resources he rarely has access to but which can be reached through others.[34]

III. CONCLUSION

The natural inclination is for current leaders to seek potential leaders like themselves. This list of qualities and skills should serve as a safe boundary that current leaders can use to identify potential leaders. With this list in place, current leaders can find potential leaders and implement the 70-20-10 principle for their development, which is the topic of the next chapter.  

Chapter 4: Implement the 70-20-10 Strategy

The 70-20-10 strategy was created by the Center for Creative Leadership based on thirty years of Lessons of Experience research.[35] The 70-20-10 rule for leader development follows this breakdown: 70 percent challenging assignments, 20 percent developmental relationships, and 10 percent coursework and training.[36] In nonprofit organizations, these three components reinforce each other and add up to a whole that is greater than the sum of its parts.[37] Before examining the 70-20-10 strategy closer, it is important to describe what it is not. Robin Hoyle mentions he has seen the 70-20-10 approach misrepresented in these statements: 90 percent of learning is done on the job, it is how people naturally learn, the numbers do not matter, the 20 percent is done most effectively through Twitter and LinkedIn, and since most learning is done on the job there is no need for training courses.[38] However, let’s look at the correct understanding of the 70-20-10 principle.

I. THE 70-20-10 STRATEGY FOR LEADER DEVELOPMENT

A. 70 Percent Challenging Assignments

The on-the-job element of the 70-20-10 strategy is not simply doing one’s usual work but instead is “stretching” tasks and projects that provide the learner with new challenges and situations. But, why does this on-the-job element need to be the majority of potential leaders’ training? This is because “human beings retain information most effectively when they gain it in a practical context.”[39] Or, as Andy Stanley has stated, “People learn on a need-to-know basis.”[40] Malphurs and Mancini inadvertently agree with the 70 percent principle advocating that “you can’t learn leadership by simply being in a classroom or a seminar. It’s best learned while you are involved ‘up to your elbows’ in ministry in which you can apply and evaluate classroom or seminary instruction.”[41] One testimony from a lead pastor supports the 70 percent idea, “I made some huge mistakes as a young leader, but at the same time, it’s how I learned – through trying, failing and trying again.”[42]

B. 20 Percent Developmental Relationships

The 20 percent element of the 70-20-10 approach consists of conversations with coaches, peers, managers, role models, or experts. Kramer and Nayak believe, “Learning is even more powerful when the lessons of experience are reinforced through informal discussion with people who have performed similar work.”[43] One benefit of 20 percent conversations is that the conversations do not always have to be with a superior. Hoyle states that the 20 percent time can best be spent with coaches “who are specially trained to assist individuals to look at their own goals, assess the landscape and the challenges and opportunities they face and then plan action.”[44] The most important part of the 20 percent is that the learners are discussing their learning needs and are planning how to adapt what they are learning to their work. This also includes honest conversations with the potential leaders about themselves, their strengths, and their weaknesses.

C. 10 Percent Coursework and Training

The 10 percent element of the 70-20-10 model is formal training. These are workshops, eLearning modules, and even training simulations. While only 10 percent is formal learning in the Center for Creative Leadership’s model, it does not devalue formal classroom learning. Instead, it sees formal learning as most valuable when it “supplies technical skills, theories, and explanations that apply directly to what is learned through experience—and when it is both valued and quickly integrated within the work environment.”[45] The key here is that what is learned in the coursework and training is quickly integrated into potential leaders’ daily work. There must be a close connection between what is being learned and how it helps potential leaders do their work better and faster.

D. 20 and 10 Work Together

The 20 percent and 10 percent categories can take place in a variety of areas and often complement each other.[46] For example, the Center for Creative Leadership has been exploring four distinct areas where these two can occur. The first is feedback. This is honest feedback that a potential leader receives that helps improve performance. The second is social media. This is a way that potential leaders can get connected with other leaders to gain expertise, build community, and function as a virtual water cooler. The third is apps and mobile learning. These are performance support tools, job aids, learning “nuggets,” and effective examples. The key here is that an app can quickly pull up learning material when needed (instead of being buried in a workbook on a shelf). The fourth is massive open online courses (MOOCs). In this format thousands of people can explore ideas and solutions together.[47]

While two of these methods are digital, Ron Rabin at the Center for Creative Leadership admits, “Blended learning for leadership isn’t just about technology or mixing classroom with online experiences. It’s not about social media or the latest trends that promise to transform learning forever. It’s about building, in a thoughtful, systematic way, a structure to enable and support how leaders learn best.”[48]

II. IMPLEMENTING THE 70-20-10 STRATEGY

According to Kramer and Nayak, there are four steps to implement the 70-20-10 approach effectively in nonprofit organizations.

A. Cultivate Talent Champions

These are the managers who recognize the importance of developing up-and-coming leaders. Talent champions take responsibility for preparing potential leaders for leadership positions.

B. Identify the Organization’s Needs and Craft Development Opportunities

The next step is to identify ongoing activities that potential leaders can engage in to develop new and needed competencies. These opportunities should involve four areas. First is discomfort. Assignments should take potential leaders outside of their comfort zone and use skills they have not yet perfected. Second is accountability. Potential leaders should take responsibility for their assignments and take ownership of the results regardless of the positive or negative outcome. Third is clarity. There should be a lesson that can be learned, and that lesson should be clear to the potential leader. Fourth is relevance. Projects should teach potential leaders’ skills they need in their current roles.

C. Co-Create Individualized Development Plans

Managers must provide support and guidance for development plans, but potential leaders must take the initiative to create and execute the plan. Kramer and Nayak suggest that the potential leader and manager meet twice a year to follow up on development plans.

D. Follow Through on Development Plans

What gets managed gets done. Therefore, senior-level managers must ensure that managers are checking in and encouraging potential leaders to fulfill their development plans. [49]

III. CONCLUSION

This is a simple and short chapter on the 70-20-10 strategy. Many books and articles have been written about the strategy and can be explored for further assistance.[50] There are many ways to implement the 70-20-10 strategy so try some ideas out and see how it works best for your organization.

Chapter 5: Give Potential Leaders
New Projects and Tasks

In his book, Developing the Leaders Around You, John Maxwell writes, “Varied experiences add incredibly to people’s development. It keeps them growing, stretching, and learning. The broader people’s base of experience, the better they will be at handling new challenges, solving problems, and overcoming difficult situations.”[51] Providing potential leaders with new projects and tasks gives them the skills they need to develop into leaders. Thankfully, this idea helps current leaders because they can get rid of projects they are working on which can easily be delegated to potential leaders. However, this is not an opportunity for leaders to dump tasks that leaders do not want to do onto potential leaders.

I. LEADERS DELEGATE PROJECTS AND TASKS

Leaders must be intentional about what they delegate. Three criteria are important to follow when leaders look for projects to delegate to potential leaders.

  • First, the project must be something that leaders regularly do.
  • Second, the project must be something that will develop the qualities and skills of potential leaders.
  • Third, the project must be something that potential leaders have both the capability and potential to do. 

With those three criteria in mind, current leaders can delegate a new project they have wanted to start but have not had the time. Or, current leaders can delegate some of their recurring work so they have time to start a new project.

II. FOCUS ON MEASURABLE OUTCOMES FOR LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT

Every CEO, board member, and senior-level manager wants to see results. However, developing leaders is difficult to measure. One way that leaders can show they are developing leaders is through the results of potential leaders’ work. Current leaders can show upper-level management that new projects have been started or old ones have been improved because of the work that current leaders delegated to potential leaders. If leaders can show they have been more productive because they delegated work to potential leaders, then current leaders can show the results of leadership development in potential leaders. 

III. CONCLUSION

I cannot stress enough that giving potential leaders new projects and tasks is not an excuse to dump unwanted work. Busy leaders must think strategically about what projects and tasks they can give to potential leaders for leadership development.

Chapter 6: Potential Leaders Design and Implement a Professional Growth Plan

Professional growth is a requirement for potential leaders. While people might have potential for leadership, active professional growth removes the gap between potential leaders’ current skills and the skills they need to lead. Professional growth must be customized to the learning of the individual and it must occur regularly. Individuals learn in many ways; therefore, a one-size-fits-all approach is not appropriate for professional growth plans. An organization should require professional growth of potential leaders, but it should not require the specific details of how that growth occurs.

I. THE DIFFERENT TRAINING TYPES

A. The Four Training Types

Aubrey Malphurs and Will Mancini comprehensively explain the different training types in their book, Building Leaders. While they describe eight training venues and eight event venues, the four training types are most relevant to this chapter.

1. Learner-Driven

The first training type is learner-driventraining. In this type, potential leaders take responsibility for their own growth for self-development of character, knowledge, skills, and emotions. Ways this training can occur are reading books, listening to conferences on CD, interviewing successful leaders over lunch or coffee, or attending classes and seminars.

2. Content-Driven

The second training type iscontent-driven training. In this training type, there is a clear transfer of knowledge where a body of information is the basis for the learning. This type of training can be formal or informal. Usually, content-driven training focuses on specific and technical knowledge such as human resource (HR) laws in the workplace, or in a church content-driven training would focus on systematic theology topics.

3. Mentor-Driven

The third training type is mentor-driven training. Potential leaders are matched with a mentor who provides help by giving instruction, being a model, providing observations on the strengths and weaknesses of the mentee, as well as evaluating the progress of the mentee.

4. Experience-Driven

The fourth training type is experience-driven training. In this training type, potential leaders grow by practicing the skills and knowledge they need while doing the work.[52]

B. Potential Leaders Chose and Design the Training Type

1. Choose the Training Type

Each potential leader should choose the training type (or types) that best first his or her personality and learning style. Because potential leaders have different ways of learning it is important that the organization and current leader do not set a “one size fits all” approach for leadership development. Potential leaders should be able to evaluate the different training types and chose the one that fits their personality best.

2. Design the Training

After the current leader has expressed that potential leaders must have a growth plan and the potential leaders have identified which method they best learn in, it is then time for the potential leaders to design their growth plan. I suggest that current leaders create a meeting with potential leaders to explain the need for leadership development, explain the four training types, then put the responsibility on potential leaders to create their own professional growth plan. Once that professional growth plan has been created by potential leaders, the current leader should meet with each of the potential leaders to briefly review the plan and agree to follow up every month for a brief coaching session (as will be discussed in chapter seven of this book).

III. REFLECTION AS THE MOST POWERFUL GROWTH TOOL

The most effective and cost-efficient way for potential leaders to grow is through daily reflection. Regarding reflection John Maxwell comments, “There are many different ways of growing and an infinite number of lessons to be learned in life. But there are some kinds of growth that come to us only if we are willing to stop, pause, and allow the lesson to catch up with us.”[53] Therefore, potential leaders must take a moment every day to pause and reflect about the projects they are working on, the experiences they have had, and the things they have learned. This may be thirty seconds to five minutes.

A. Questions for Reflection

There are some basic questions that potential leaders can ask when they take time to reflect. What did I do well today? What can I improve on? What did I learn today from the tasks and projects I worked on? What did I learn today from the people I met with? What did I learn today from the things I heard? What did I learn today from what I read?

B. Record the Reflections

Reflection is useless unless potential leaders record their learnings and review them regularly. Potential leaders must find a place to record the things they have learned. For example, potential leaders should write their reflections in a small journal, record them into an audio file, write them on a legal pad, put them in the “notes” feature in a phone, or organize the reflections into an Excel spreadsheet. The place and method of recording the reflections is not as important as the necessity of doing the reflection daily.

IV. HOW TO IMPLEMENT A PROFESSIONAL GROWTH PLAN

A. Steps for Implementation

To implement a professional growth plan several things must be in place. First, this plan must be agreed upon by the leader and potential leader. Second, it must be put into writing. Third, the leader must follow up with the potential leader regularly to assess progress with the plan. Fourth, potential leaders must show growth through their recorded reflections.

B. Time for Implementation

The goal of implementing a growth plan is not to provide potential leaders with one more thing to do. Once potential leaders have assessed the best ways they learn, they should seek ways they can implement their growth plan with minimal time and effort.

1. Growth at Work

There are numerous times throughout the day that potential leaders can seize extra time to complete their growth plan. For example, if a potential leader finds himself at a meeting waiting for it to start, he can grow from his peers by asking different questions about their work and what they are learning about leadership. Another idea is to have a book or some type of reading related to leadership that potential leaders can read while they wait for their computer to boot up every morning.

2. Growth outside of Work

While a leader cannot require potential leaders to carry out their growth plan outside of work, here are some ideas for potential leaders who want to utilize extra time outside of work hours for their growth plan. For example, when a potential leader waits in line at Starbucks every morning he can pull out his phone and read a blog post or two related to leadership growth he has put into his RSS feed. Instead of listening to the same news headlines told repeatedly on the radio during a potential leader’s drive to work, he can be intentional about leadership growth by listening to podcasts or books on tape. If a potential leader has to go to a doctor’s appointment, he can be intentional about growth by bringing a book or magazine related to leadership that he can read while he waits for his appointment. The goal is to find methods that are effective and require minimal time.

V. CONCLUSION

There are different training types and different ways that people learn. Yet, reflection can often be one of the most powerful growth tools. The key idea is that growth needs to occur even if it is in small increments every day through various means.

Chapter 7: Give Potential Leaders Thirty Minutes of Coaching a Month

Coaching is an essential element to groom potential leaders. Even if potential leaders do new projects and actively pursue professional growth, they still need a little bit of coaching every month from their direct supervisor. What is coaching? According to Clinton and Stanley, “The Coach’s central thrust is to provide motivation and impart skills and application to meet a task or challenge.”[54] Let’s look at how to do that.

I. THIRTY MINUTES A MONTH

In this model, it is proposed that potential leaders receive thirty minutes of coaching per month. Thirty minutes might sound like a lot, but if the typical nonprofit leader or pastor works fifty hours a week and provides thirty minutes of coaching a month to a potential leader, that is only one quarter of one percent (.0025%) of the leader’s time every month. Any leader can carve out one-quarter of one percent of her time every month to coach a potential leader.

II. FOUR BASIC COACHING STRATEGIES

When conducting coaching sessions with potential leaders four basic elements should be present.

A. Be a Good Listener

First, leaders must be good listeners. They must listen to what potential leaders are going through and, if necessary, ask questions of the potential leaders. How have things been going? Do you feel you have succeeded? What are you struggling with?

B. Provide Resources and Ideas

Second, leaders must provide resources and ideas to potential leaders. If potential leaders are struggling in an area and appear to be stuck, leaders should step in to provide resources or ideas that will help potential leaders solve the problem.

C. Give Encouragement

Third, leaders must offer encouragement to potential leaders. People experimenting and trying new things will have limited success. Therefore, offer encouragement to potential leaders because they must know that their leaders still believe in them.

D. Restate the Vision

Fourth, leaders must restate the vision for the organization or program that potential leaders are working in. Potential leaders can become consumed with the details and forget about the larger picture. Every coaching meeting should end with the leader restating the vision of the nonprofit organization or church. This reminds potential leaders that what they are working towards is bigger and more important than themselves.

III. CONCLUSION

Any leader who carves out thirty minutes a month for leadership coaching and who follows the four basic coaching strategies can have confidence that leadership development will occur.

How Busy Leaders
Develop Potential Leaders

Although busy nonprofit leaders struggle to find time to develop potential leaders, there are several ways that leaders can overcome this hurdle. Leaders can get the support of the organizational culture, identify the qualities to be developed, and implement the 70-20-10 principle for leadership development. Busy leaders can develop potential leaders by providing new projects to work on, having potential leaders create and follow a customized professional growth plan, and by participating in coaching. These solutions may not completely solve the problem of nonprofit leaders and church pastors having limited time to develop potential leaders, but they can significantly improve this common problem.

Bibliography

Adams, Tom. The Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development Guide: Proven Paths for Leaders and Organizations. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 2010.

Bell, Skip. “Learning, Changing, and Doing: A Model for Transformational Leadership Development in Religious and Non-Profit Organizations.” Journal of Religious Leadership 9, no. 1 (Spring 2010): 93-111.

Callanan, Laura. “Under-Investing in Social Sector Leadership.” Philanthropy News Digest, February 11, 2014. http://pndblog.typepad.com/pndblog/2014/02/underinvesting-in-social-sector-leadership.html. Accessed July 9, 2015.

Edmondson, Ron. Ron Edmondson: The Blog of a Leader, Pastor, and Church Planter. www.ronedmondson.com. Accessed July 14, 2016.

Goleman, Daniel, Richard Boyatzis, and Annie McKee. Primal Leadership: Learning to Lead with Emotional Intelligence. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 2002.

Goleman, Daniel. Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More than IQ. New York, NY: Bantam Books, 1995.

Hoyle, Robin. Informal Learning in Organizations: How to Create a Continuous Learning Culture. Philadelphia, PA: Kogan Page, 2015.

Jones, Karen. “Preparing an Organization to Sustain Capable Leadership.” Nonprofit Quarterly, June 21, 2008. https://nonprofitquarterly.org/management/1022-preparing-an-organization-to-sustain-capable-leadership-html. Accessed May 28, 2015.

Kramer, Kirk and Preeta Nayak, “A 5-Point Plan for Grooming Future Leaders.” Chronicle of Philanthropy 24, no. 14, June 28, 2012. Accessed May 14, 2015.

Kramer, Kirk and Preeta Nayak. Nonprofit Leadership Development: What’s Your “Plan A” for Growing Future Leaders? Boston, MA: The Bridgespan Group, 2013.

Kramer, Kirk. “Solving the Time and Money Puzzle in Leadership Development.” Nonprofit Quarterly, December 11, 2012. https://nonprofitquarterly.org/management/21481-solving-the-time-and-money-puzzle-in-leadership-development.html. Accessed May 28, 2015.

Malphurs, Aubrey and Will Mancini. Building Leaders: Blueprints for Developing Leadership at Every Level of Your Church. Grand Rapids, MI: Baker, 2004.

Maxwell, John. Developing the Leaders Around You: How to Help Others Reach Their Full Potential. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1995.

Maxwell, John. The 15 Invaluable Laws of Growth: Live Them and Reach Your Potential. New York, NY: Center Street, 2012.

Rabin, Ron. Blended Learning for Leadership: The CCL Approach. Greensboro, NC: Center for Creative Leadership, 2014.

Stanley, Andy Deep and Wide: Creating Churches Unchurched People Love to Attend. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2012.

Stanley, Paul and J. Robert Clinton. Connecting: The Mentoring Relationships You Need to Succeed in Life. Colorado Springs, CO: NavPress, 1992.

The Bridgespan Group. “The Challenge of Developing Future Leaders: Survey Results Say…” The Bridgespan Group. Boston, MA: 2012.  http://www.bridgespan.org/Publications-and-Tools/Career-Professional-Development/Develop-My-Staff/The-Challenge-of-Developing-Future-Leaders-Survey.aspx#.VaewaPlVikp. Accessed May 15, 2015.


[1] Kirk Kramer and Preeta Nayak, “A 5-Point Plan for Grooming Future Leaders,” Chronicle of Philanthropy 24, no. 14, June 28, 2012. Accessed May 14, 2015.

[2] Kirk Kramer, “Solving the Time and Money Puzzle in Leadership Development,” Nonprofit Quarterly, December 11, 2012. https://nonprofitquarterly.org/management/21481-solving-the-time-and-money-puzzle-in-leadership-development.html. Accessed May 28, 2015.

[3] Karen Jones, “Preparing an Organization to Sustain Capable Leadership,” Nonprofit Quarterly, June 21, 2008. https://nonprofitquarterly.org/management/1022-preparing-an-organization-to-sustain-capable-leadership-html. Accessed May 28, 2015.

[4] Laura Callanan, “Under-Investing in Social Sector Leadership,” Philanthropy News Digest, February 11, 2014. http://pndblog.typepad.com/pndblog/2014/02/underinvesting-in-social-sector-leadership.html. Accessed July 9, 2015.

[5] Karen Jones, “Sustain Capable Leadership.”

[6] Kirk Kramer, “Solving the Time and Money Puzzle.”

[7] The Bridgespan Group, “The Challenge of Developing Future Leaders: Survey Results Say…” (Boston, MA: The Bridgespan Group, 2012), http://www.bridgespan.org/Publications-and-Tools/Career-Professional-Development/Develop-My-Staff/The-Challenge-of-Developing-Future-Leaders-Survey.aspx#.VaewaPlVikp. Accessed May 15, 2015.

[8] Tom Adams, The Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development Guide (San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 2010), 230.

[9] To learn more about elders in the Bible read 1 Timothy 3:1-7; Titus 1:5-9; 1 Peter 5:1-3.

[10] Aubrey Malphurs and Will Mancini, Building Leaders: Blueprints for Developing Leadership at Every Level of Your Church (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books, 2003), 108.

[11] While I do not have the space to explain my position, I see “pastor” and “elder” as two terms used to describe the same person doing the same ministry in the New Testament.

[12] Kirk Kramer and Preeta Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development: What’s Your “Plan A” for Growing Future Leaders? (Boston, MA: Bridgespan Group, 2013), 48.

[13] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 107.

[14] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 39.

[15] Ibid.

[16] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 108.

[17] Adams, Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development, 256 (emphasis added).

[18] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 110.

[19] Robin Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations: How to Create a Continuous Learning Culture (Philadelphia, PA: Kogan Page Limited, 2015), 68.

[20] Ibid., 68 (emphasis added).

[21] Bell, “Learning, Changing, and Doing,” 107.

[22] Ibid.

[23] Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 38.

[24] Ibid., 44.

[25] Adams, Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development, 230.

[26] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 110-111.

[27] This terminology is adopted from Dr. Aubrey Malphurs.

[28] John Maxwell, Developing the Leaders Around You: How to Help Others Reach Their Full Potential (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1995), 37. 

[29] Ibid., 109.

[30] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 136-137; Maxwell, Developing Leaders, 23.

[31] Adams, Nonprofit Leadership Transition and Development, 256.

[32] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 54.

[33] See Daniel Goleman, Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More than IQ (New York, NY: Bantam Books, 1995), 43, 48; Daniel Goleman, Richard Boyatzis, and Annie McKee, Primal Leadership: Learning to Lead with Emotional Intelligence (Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 2002), 39-50, 253-256.

[34] Callanan. “Under-Investing in Leadership.” Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 64-65. Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 147-151.

[35] Ron Rabin, Blended Learning for Leadership: The CCL Approach (Greensboro, NC: Center for Creative Leadership, 2014). The 70-20-10 principle is also described by Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 82-101; Kramer, “Solving the Time and Money Puzzle”; and Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 168-177.

[36] Rabin, Blended Learning for Leadership, 2.

[37] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 83.

[38] Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 169.

[39] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 83.

[40] Andy Stanley, Deep and Wide: Creating Churches Unchurched People Love to Attend (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2012), 69-85.

[41] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 156.

[42] Ron Edmondson, “7 Ways to Raise up Young Leaders,” Ron Edmondson: The Blog of a Leader, Pastor, and Church Planter, July 14, 2015, at www.ronedmondson.com/2015/07/7-ways-to-raise-up-young-leaders.html. Accessed July 14, 2015.

[43] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 83.

[44] Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 168.

[45] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 83.

[46] Rabin, Blended Learning for Leadership, 6.

[47] For more on MOOCs see Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 137-157.

[48] Rabin, Blended Learning for Leadership, 7.

[49] Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 85-101.

[50] Ron Rabin, Blended Learning for Leadership: The CCL Approach (Greensboro, NC: Center for Creative Leadership, 2014). The 70-20-10 principle is also described by Kramer and Nayak, Nonprofit Leadership Development, 82-101; Kramer, “Solving the Time and Money Puzzle”; and Hoyle, Informal Learning in Organizations, 168-177.

[51] Maxwell, Developing Leaders, 118.

[52] Malphurs and Mancini, Building Leaders, 152-156.

[53] John Maxwell, The 15 Invaluable Laws of Growth: Live Them and Reach Your Potential (New York, NY: Center Street, 2012), 51.

[54] Paul Stanley and J. Robert Clinton, Connecting: The Mentoring Relationships You Need to Succeed in Life (Colorado Springs, CO: NavPress, 1992), 73.

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

A Review of “Spirit of the Rainforest” by Mark Andrew Ritchie

October 29, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

This essay is a review of the book, Spirit of the Rainforest: A Yanomamo Shaman’s Story, by Mark Andrew Ritchie (Island Lake, IL: Island Lake Press, 2000. 288 pp).

            Mark Andrew Ritchie group up in poverty in Afghanistan, South Texas, and Oregon. He holds a Master of Divinity degree from Trinity International University (1980). In addition to Spirit of the Rainforest he is the author of God in the Pits. After 20 years of working in the financial services industry, Ritchie turned his attention to Divinity studies and authoring two books.

            Written in first person narrative, Spirit of the Rainforest describes the life of the Yanomamo people according to a powerful shaman called “Jungleman.” It should be noted that the Yanomamo people do not use names. In the beginning of the book Jungleman says, “I have lots of names—all us Yanomamo do. But we almost never speak them” (p. 21). The book focuses on telling the story of approximately 32 years of life in the Amazon from the way they lived before the “nabas” arrived and told them of the great spirit, “Yai-Pada.” Perhaps the book is best described by Richie’s own words in the author’s addendum, “Dignity prohibits a complete description of Jungleman’s talent. Deleewa, a person of considerable humility and piety, struggled in vain to translate Jungleman into palatable English while I asked myself, ‘How am I going to write this? No matter how much I tone this man down, I still can hear the critics: “Too much sex—too much violence—too degrading of women”” (p. 239). This book is a gripping account of the wild life in the Amazon.

            Reading the first two sections of Spirit of the Rainforest orients readers to the life of the Yanomamo: sniffing “ebene” in order to dance with spirits, using spirits to kill babies in enemy villages, raids to physically kill men in other villages, gang rape of women, giving away daughters to men even though the daughters are so young that they had not developed breasts yet, never backing down from a fight even when the warrior knows he will lose, always living in fear of being killed by another village, and regular death by starvation (mostly for the children because the warriors think they should eat first). These are what one would call the “way of the Yanomamo” according to Jungleman in Spirit of the Rainforest.

            Many people living in the “civilized west” would see this lifestyle as being brutal, ferocious, and barbaric. Jungleman himself admits to living in constant fear, so much fear that he would go for weeks without sleeping. Instead, he always laid in his hammock awake and fearful that an enemy village would be coming to raid his village in revenge. Even hunting in the Amazon became dangerous because “after what we did to Potato Village [one of many raids on neighboring villages], there is no such thing as a safe trail” (p. 39).

            In spite of this fear the Yanomamo men display a false and hollow courage. As warriors they never admit fear. They are warriors! (p. 59). The wars they engaged in were always wars seeking revenge. If a neighboring village came and cut off the breast of a woman, they would travel and cut off two breasts of a woman in their village as an act of revenge. In Jungleman’s words, “You could win a war with the Yanomamo today, but your children’s children would pay for it later” (p. 44). The reader quickly learns that the Yanomamo always sought revenge and never practiced forgiveness.

            In addition to the constant wars between villages the degrading of women is something that most females cringe at and probably cannot fathom. Even though the Yanomamo men were strict in not allowing anyone to call them a name (especially a childhood name), the women are called any name the men want. The men often asserted that the world was made for them and that the women were here for the men, not the men for the women (p. 102). Taking the degradation of women further than just name calling and role view, the men only cared about a woman’s vagina (p. 157) and speak of a young bride-to-be as being “ripe and ready” for sex (p. 190). A point in time when one woman was extremely ill and she needed the man whom she shared her hammock with the most, he left her saying, “I’ll never get any more sex out of her” (p. 189). 

            One of the most intriguing things about the book are the “spiritual experiences” of Jungleman as a shaman. Jungleman describes knowing the spirit world ever since he was a young man. He described these spirits talking to him and them “wanting to have you.” These spirits were companions he had when he had “ebene” blown into his nose. These spirits even had names such as charming, jaguar, alligator, thunder, and sucking-out. Even though these spirits appear to worship him and build his ego as the mightiest warrior and shaman (p. 86), they often did not work when called upon to heal people. More than seven different examples are specifically explained by Jungleman of when he called on the spirits to heal someone, yet that person still died. This included all of his children expect for one son. As Jungleman continues to tell his story the “Yai-Pada” spirit is introduced as the “enemy spirit” to the spirits Jungleman has (p. 87). Over time the gospel is introduced as “Yai-Pada” first by the “nabas” (white foreigners who began to live with the Yanomamo people) and then it is introduced regularly to Jungleman by his fellow shaman.

            Talk of a “great naba spirit” called “Yai-Pada” is definitely the true gospel when readers examine the doctrinal elements of the Yanomamo faith in Yai-Pada. A general description of Yai-Pada is that he (Yai-Pada) became a Yanomamo himself who grew up as a baby, showed people how to live completely different ways, knew he would be killed, allowed himself to be killed, and that his death was a death for all of the Yanomamo (p. 159). In addition Yai-Pada would burn the world with fire (p. 76), his land is beautiful (p. 77), no one can get close to him without burning up (p. 77), he really cares for people (p. 88), he wants the Yanomamo people to have better lives (p. 88), he will be the only spirit (p. 88), he is the one who created all other spirits (p. 114), he is the spirit of peace (p. 207), the Yanomamo will see Yai-Pada one day (p. 207), and those who do not follow Yai-Pada go to the fire pit (p. 207).   

            But, does an indigenous people living in the Amazon among numerous spirits truly understand the gospel message and display adequate faith. Evidence of the Yanomamo Christian faith is displayed in their desire to learn the ways of Yai-Pada For almost half of the book various shamans and villages express their desire to know Yai-Pada, learn his ways, and live a better life. Several shamans constantly asked themselves what they could to convince a naba to live with their village in order to learn the ways of Yai-Pada. The shamans admitted that they live miserable lives and that following Yai-Pada was how they could change. And the reader who read the entire book could see that drastic changes among the Yanomamo had occurred. No more wars, less degrading of women, and forgiving others when something was done wrong. These are all signs of wanting to know God and live what he teaches is a strong sign of the Christian faith.  

            Comparing my western American worldview to that of the Yanomamo people living in the Amazon reveals a tension in both locations between culture and Christian sanctification. In the American culture often children are brought up in the capitalistic and materialistic atmosphere desiring wealth and fame as the sign of an enjoyable life. However, when someone discovers Jesus as his or her personal savior the values of that person’s life change. The Christian has been united with Christ in his death and resurrection which means he can “produce a harvest of good deeds for God” (Romans 7:4, NLT). Instead of seeking wealth and fame the person knows that she should seek to serve the Lord and honor him in all that is done. Thus, serving God can sometimes be counter the American culture. As a result, the new Christian has to constantly struggle and battle the old sinful ways in an effort to be more Christ-like.

            The Yanomamo people have experienced a similar tension between the ways they lived before they were introduced to Yai-Pada and now that they are seeking to live the way Yai-Pada wants them to live. Some of the cultural experiences of the Yanomamo have been fine to continue even though they are following Yai-Pada. One example is how the Yanomamo have many names but are not called by those names. This is evidenced by Jungleman telling the story of his people many years after having learned about Yai-Pada, but still stating at the beginning of his story that he is not called any specific name. However, other cultural norms of the Yanomamo which directly clashed with the ways of Yai-Pada had to change. Those changes have been difficult to make since they were part of the Yanomamo identity and habits. These are changes to constant wars between villages, lack of forgiveness, gang rapes of women, and forcing women to share hammocks with men which treated them harshly.

            Towards the end of Spirit of the Rainforest, it is clear that the Yanomamo believe in Yai-Pada and they want to follow him. But they still battle to rid themselves of their old ways and struggle to live “peacefully” as they know Yai-Pada wants them to live. The Christian living in America who grew up in a capitalistic economy similarly finds himself seeking to live a godly life now that he is saved instead of his past way of focusing on wealth and material accumulation.

Please note that the links to Amazon on this page are “affiliate” links which means I receive a small commission if you purchase the book (or anything else) from Amazon using my link. I use these commissions to pay for the hosting costs of this website.

Filed Under: Book Reviews

Wine in the Bible and Alcohol Today

October 28, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

The topic of “alcohol” can be (and often is) controversial in many churches. Below are a few of my thoughts as well as Scripture about alcohol, wine, and application for the local church today.

Wine was consumed daily at meals in Israel (Luke 7:33-34) and was often mixed with water (20 parts water, 1 part wine; or 3 to 1 as a way to purify the water for safe drinking)

What The Bible Says about Alcohol

  • Our Body is a Temple. 1 Cor 6:19–20, “Or do you not know that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit who is in you, whom you have from God, and that you are not your own? 20 For you have been bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body” (NASB).
  • Don’t be drunk and don’t be inhibited. Eph 5:18, “And do not get drunk with wine, for that is dissipation, but be filled with the Spirit,” (NASB).

What That Means for Us

  • Moderation. If you do decide to enjoy alcohol I think it’s good to have a one drink policy. One beer. One glass of wine. One drink a day or per meal.
  • Consideration. If you do decide to enjoy alcohol you need to be considerate of others and their relationship to alcohol. If others you know have had a trouble with drinking excessive alcohol, don’t drink around them, don’t show them it, don’t keep it in the house.

Why I Don’t Drink

  • Family. I did not grow up with family that drank alcohol. (I think I’ve seen my dad have a beer twice, and I’ve never seen my mom sip alcohol.) We’ve had extended family members that were severely and negatively affected by alcohol in their lives, and this is one the reasons I chose not to drink alcohol.
  • Ministry. I want to have integrity and be above reproach. For me as a pastor and as a spiritual leader, I’ve decided it’s one of those things I am not going to participate in. I don’t want there to be any doubt about me and my character.

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

A Review of “Three Views on the Millennium and Beyond”

October 27, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

 This essay is a book review of Three Views on the Millennium and Beyond edited by Stanley Gundry (series editor) and Darrell Bock (general editor), Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1999. 330pp. In Three Views on the Millennium and Beyond three writers present their views of the millennium.

The premillennial view is presented by Craig Blaising, professor of theology at Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. The postmillennial view is presented by Kenneth Gentry Jr., executive director of GoodBirth Ministries. The amillennial view is presented by Robert Strimple, professor of systematic theology at Westminister Seminary California.

Each of these writers summarizes his position on the doctrine of the millennium using a hermeneutical framework and specific biblical texts to support his view.[1]

I. PREMILLENNIALISM

A. A Summary of the Premillennial View

The premillennial position believes that Jesus will establish his rule for a literal 1,000 years on earth (p. 157). This view believes that Christ will come again at the beginning of the literal 1,000 years of his kingdom and before the new heaven and new earth are created. This 1,000 year kingdom is seen as a complete replacement of the conditions humans now experience on the earth (p. 193). Currently, the conditions that we live in now are a result of Christ ascending to heaven (Acts 1), Christ sitting at the right hand of God, and the Holy Spirit indwelling believers. But the “fullness of the eschatological kingdom has yet to come” (p. 196).

Part of the basis for the premillennial view is that prophets in the Old Testament speak of the future restoration of Israel with the expectation of a worldwide kingdom (Dan 2:34-35, 44; Isa 2:2-4; Micah 4:1-8; p. 193). This worldwide kingdom appears to be uniquely different than what we experience now on earth. There are three stages of resurrection in the premillennial view: 1) Christ, 2) those who belong to Christ (who are raised at his coming), and 3) the end of the kingdom (2 Cor 15:23-24; pp. 203-204).

With Jesus’ coming he will raise the dead in two stages: 1) At the beginning of the kingdom so that some can participate with him in the Millennial Kingdom and 2) At the end of the kingdom he will raise the rest of the dead and institute he final judgment (1 Thess 4:13-18; 1 Cor 15:51-58; p. 157-158).

B. The Hermeneutics of Premillennialism

The hermeneutics of premillennialism believes that the “New Testament carries forward the OT eschatological hope and adds to it the Revelation that the Messiah of the eschatological kingdom is Jesus of Nazareth” (Lk 1:32-33; p. 195). Furthermore, premillennialism is based on progressive revelation and how the New Testament clarifies possible meanings of Old Testament prophesies and texts. This is often called the “literal-historical-grammatical” interpretation of Scripture which places an emphasis on understanding the message of Scripture as a whole. For example, the primary basis of premillennialism’s literal 1,000 year reign is the understanding that Revelation 19-20 is a literal and consecutive vision from John.

Premillennialists see a progression in the book of Revelation that reveals the past and future history of Jesus Christ. Premillennialism sees Revelation 1:8, 18; and 22 all referencing Jesus Christ (p. 210).

With this strong emphasis on Revelation 20 being the basis of the literal 1,000 year reign of Christ on earth, Blaising presents six reasons to support this view: (1) the visions of 19:11-21:8 are a transition between the vision of Babylon and the view of the new Jerusalem, (2) the visions of 19:11-21:8 are a unified sequence because there is no structure marker to indicate a break of the sequence, (3) six out of the eight visions of 19:11-21:8 are seen as contemporaneous with the second coming of Christ, (4) Satan’s interactions with the world in 20:1-3 are not compatible with how Satan interacts with the world prior to the second coming of Christ, (5) the rebellion after the Millennium (vv. 7-10) is described in a way that distinguishes it from the state of affairs before the second coming of Christ, and (6) there is a 1,000 year reign of believers who have been raised to life based on Rev 20:4-5 (pp. 214-221).[2]

C. The Key Scriptures in Support of the Premillennial View

Revelation 19-20 is the primary text used to understand Christ’s second coming as a literal 1,000 year reign on earth. Important Old Testament prophesies for the premillennial view are Isaiah 2:2-4; 65:17-25; 66:18-23; Daniel 2:34-35, 44; and Micah 4:1-8. Important New Testament texts on the rapture are 1 Thessalonians 4:13-18; and 1 Corinthians 15:51-58

II. POSTMILLENNIALISM

A. A Summary of the Postmillennial View

The postmillennial view states that Christ’s glorious return to the earth will happen after the nonliteral 1,000 year reign of believers on earth. While the premillennialist says Christ comes to bind Satan, the postmillennialist says that Christ already bound Satan when Christ came in the first century. Therefore, the Christian, according to the postmillennial position, is already in the non-literal 1,000 year reign. This means that Satan still has some level of dominion over the world now, but it is not in the same way that he did before Jesus came to earth in the first century AD.

The postmillennial position is partially based on Isaiah 2:2-4 and Jeremiah 31. Gentry states that Judah and Jerusalem in Isa 2 represent the whole people of God (p. 36). He develops this further stating the “mountain,” “house of the God of Jacob,” and “Zion” referenced in these texts refer to the church, not to the nation of Israel.

A belief that the church is now in the nonliteral 1,000 year reign means there is an expectation that a large percentage of the world’s population will turn to Christ by the spirit-blessed proclamation of the gospel (p. 22) which can be summarized into the three theological foundations of postmillennialism: (1) God’s creational purpose based on God’s creation of the perfect world in Genesis means he still has a hope for its restoration (Gen 1:31; Rom 11:36; Col 1:16; p. 23), (2) God’s sovereign power to do what he does because he chooses and brings things back together in the end (Eza 46:10; 55:11; Zeck 4:6; Eph 1:11), and (3) God’s blessed provision that he has provided us what we need to proclaim the gospel (Rom 8:31).

With this, the postmillennial view sees all people as blessed through Abraham’s seed (12:5-7) as a “plural” element (meaning the entirety of the church is the blessing and the blessed), not as a “singular” (Christ being the “seed”). Therefore, the hope of postmillennialism is earthly through the belief that the “earth” is the focal point from Genesis to Revelation (p. 55).

B. The Hermeneutics of Postmillennialism

Postmillennials see the rest of the Bible as speaking about the millennium in much clearer terms than Revelation 20. Gentry claims that this passage (Rev 20) is the “tail that wags the dog”[3] when it is placed as the predominant text about the return of Christ (p. 50). Instead of looking at the book of Revelation as a cohesive vision from John, postmillennials believe other parts of Scripture reveal more about the Millennium.

One example of this is Gentry’s view of Jesus’ teaching on Matt 13 where Jesus tells the stories of the farmer scattering seed, the wheat and seeds, and the mustard seed. These stories are interpreted in a way that sees the millennial kingdom being present in the world now as Christians attempt to evangelize the world. This type of interpretation is what many would consider “spiritual” interpretation versus the “literal-historical-grammatical” interpretation of the premillennial view.

C. The Key Scriptures in Support of the Postmillennial View

Some of the most important Old Testament texts in the postmillennial view are: Genesis 12:3 (a key emphasis from the postmillennial view is the “all peoples of the earth” in this verse); Psalm 2; Isaiah 2:2-4; and Jeremiah 31:31-34 (this new covenant is seen as something for all people). Important New Testament passages are Matthew 13; 28:18-20; John 12:31-32; 1 Corinthians 15:20-28; and Revelation 20.

III. AMILLENNIALISM

A. A Summary of the Amillennial View

The amillennial view states that the New Testament teaches all events of Christ’s second coming will occur at the same time in a cluster (p. 100). This is based upon the understanding that anyone who has accepted Christ is the “true Israel” because Christ is Israel and anyone who is in Christ is also in Israel (p. 88-89).

With this position, the amilliennialist believes that the day lies ahead when Christ will come again, believers will be resurrected, there will be judgment for all, the New Heaven and New Earth will be created, the final kingdom will be inaugurated, and those who have been redeemed will be in a blessed state (p. 129). This “day” according to the amillennial view is a short period of time in which all these events happen at once. There is not a literal 1,000 year of reign of Christ (premillennial) nor is there a non-literal 1,000 year reign of believers (postmillennial).

This position is based on John 2 where Jesus refers to himself as the true temple of God (p. 98-99). In addition, the amillennialist does not believe that the Old Testament teaches a future millennial kingdom of Christ (p. 100) but rather that the Old Testament prophets speak of the Messiah’s everlasting kingdom and blessing (Gen 17:7-8; 48:4; 2 Sam 23:5; 1 Chr 16:17-18; Ps 105:10-11; Isa 45:17; 55:3; 61:7-8; Jer 32:40; 50:4-5; Ez 16:60; 37:26; Dan 4:3, 34; 7:14, 27; 12:2).

Additionally, the promise of the Old Testament for Israel to take the promised land is no longer binding, but instead it is now promised to the “elect in Christ” (p. 99). As a result of this there will be a restoration and renewal of the earth (Isa 65:17; 66:22; 2 Peter 3:13; Rev 21:1) which should be seen as the New Heaven and New Earth, not for a 1,000 years but for eternity (p. 91). Therefore, the amillennial view does not see Rom 11 or Rev 20 as describing a 1,000 year reign with Christ at the beginning (premillennial) or end (postmillennial).[4]

B. The Hermeneutics of Amillennialism

The hermeneutics of amillennialism are often described as a “spiritualization” of the text. This view places a very strong emphasis on reinterpreting Old Testament prophesy according to the revelation of the New Testament Scripture.

What confuses the amillennial spiritualization of the text is that sometimes this view takes a spiritual view of the text yet at other times it takes a literal view of the text. For example, it takes the meaning of “day” to be literal in 2 Thessalonian 1:5-10 and “hour” to be literal in John 5:28-29.

Seeing these two passages as “literal” indicates that the end times events will all take place at the same time. However, when coming to Revelation 11 and Revelation 20 they do not take the meaning of “year” to be literal.

C. Key Scriptures in Support of the Amillennial View

The amillennial proponents provide a thorough list of Scripture that they believe say there will be no 1,000 year reign of Christ or believers on earth: Isaiah 42:1-7; 44:1-2, 21, 45:4; Jeremiah 31:31-34; Romans 4:13; Galatians 3:7-9, 26-27, 29; and Hebrews 8, 10. Some of the key New Testament passages that Strimple cites to support the amillennial view are John 5:28-29; Romans 8:17-23; 1 Corinthians 15:20-26; 2 Thessalonians 1:5-10; and 2 Peter 3:3-14.

IV. CONCLUSIONS ABOUT THREE VIEWS ON THE MILLENNIUM AND BEYOND

General editor of this book, Darrell Bock, brings these three views together saying, “These essays reveal significant differences in the various views, yet they all affirm the ultimate victory of God—a victory that has fundamental significance for all Christians in expressing the hope that is part of the gospel” (p. 279-280). After a look at these views of the millennium it is clear that the authors agree on several important topics: (1) Scripture reveals that Jesus is coming back, (2) Satan will loose, (3) we will be joined with Christ in the New Heaven and New Earth. Even though there are clear differences among these views I believe these authors have all agreed on the most important thing—Christ shall redeem and rule.


[1] Throughout this article I will share that “the premillennial view believes” or “the amillennial position thinks” as a way to articulate the position of each viewpoint. However, I realize that within premillennialism, postmillennialism, and amillennialism there are various differences even within each view. Therefore, I will present each view as if that is “the” view for that entire system of thought while also acknowledging that there is a uniqueness within each of these views.

[2] Another element of the hermeneutics of premillennials is that Jesus coming is connected to the Day of the Lord (which is based on 1 Cor 1:7-8; 1 Peter 1:8; 13). The “day of the Lord” passages are a little more complex to discuss and have been omitted from this review due to limited space.

[3] James Blevins, “Revelation, Book of,” in Mills, ed., Mercer Dictionary of the Bible, 761.

[4] It should be noted that Strimple’s article is 46 pages. However, 17 of those pages Strimple uses to explain that neither Rom 11 or Rev 20 teach that there will be a 1,000 year reign on earth.

Please note that the links to Amazon on this page are “affiliate” links which means I receive a small commission if you purchase the book (or anything else) from Amazon using my link. I use these commissions to pay for the hosting costs of this website.

Filed Under: Book Reviews

A Few Thoughts on Spiritual Formation

October 26, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

I. MY SIN NATURE

            The quest for a life that is spiritual starts with sin. Even though God made me in His image, I have not been a good image bearer of Him because of the sin in my life. However, I do not always have to be a slave to sin. I have learned that I was a slave to sin from one teaching from Jesus as well as chapter 6 of Romans.

A. Romans 6 and the Mosaic Law’s Role in Sin

            Romans 6 points out the power of sin in the life of man. Since the fall of man in Genesis 3, man has had a sinful nature that has kept the “flesh” in his life active and well. The act of Adam and Eve going against God’s will and eating from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil caused them to be destined to death. Part of the curse spoken to Adam explained his death, “By the sweat of your brow you will have food to eat until you return to the ground from which you were made. For you were made from dust and to dust you will return” (Genesis 3:19). God told Adam and Eve that if they ate from the tree they would die, and that is what happened—they were banished from the garden and not allowed to live forever. Because of this sinful nature God created the Mosaic Law to show the people their sin and provide distinct ways that they could become close to Him.

            While the Mosaic Law showed God’s people what was wrong, because of humans’ sinful nature, it also stirred up a desire to do wrong. Paul explains this in Romans 7:5, 7, 10: “When we were controlled by our old sinful nature, sinful desires were at work within us, and the law aroused these evil desires that produced a harvest of sinful deeds, resulting in death. . . It was the law that showed me my sin. . . The law’s commands, which were supposed to bring life, brought spiritual death instead.” As humans we have a sinful nature and that sinful nature became more apparent in light of the Law.

B. What My Sinful Flesh Means

            What does this slavery to sin mean for me? It means that I too was a slave to sin before confessing to know Jesus Christ. However, once I confessed my belief in Jesus, the sin nature was broken. My best attempt to summarize the ideas Paul is sharing in Romans 6 is that I was once a slave to sin, but when I confessed my belief in Jesus I was baptized by the Holy Spirit. This baptism by the Holy Spirit means I died to my old sinful self and was raised to life as Jesus was. I am no longer a slave to sin because Jesus came to earth, died, was raised to life again, and ascended to heaven. My bondage to sin has been broken by Him and I live in the freedom of God’s grace.

            What does sin look like? Because of sin people have to deal with broken relationships, death, the need for forgiveness and reconciliation, crime, separation from God, and fear of the future. For me personally, sin manifests itself in inadequate feelings about myself, fear of rejection, and not treating my wife correctly.  Thankfully, God has provided grace that has freed me from sin. The work of grace has already been done. Chuck Swindoll explains this by saying, “Now that Christ has come and died and thereby satisfied the father’s demands on sin, all we need to do is claim His grace by accepting the free gift of eternal life.”[1] From the very beginning God made me in His image and wanted me to be like Him. However, because of the fall, I have not lived up to that. Fortunately God has provided a way for me to live a life that is spiritual and that will draw me closer to Him.

II. PROCESSES AND PRACTICES TO BEAR GOD’S IMAGE

            The thing I know for sure about my flesh and sinful nature is that I: (1) cannot remove it, (2) cannot train it, and (3) cannot redeem it.[2] This means that I will never be perfectly like God. In fact, the more spiritually mature I become, the more aware I become of my struggle against the flesh to do what is right. Therefore, I must engage in the conscious and lengthy desire to become more and more like God. Thankfully, the Holy Spirit wants to engage me to move toward spiritual maturity. Lewis Sperry Chafer would explain my allowance of the Holy Spirit to work in my life as a “yielding” to the Holy Spirit. Chafer explains, “To be yielded to Him is to allow Him to design and execute the position and effectiveness of our life. He alone can do this   . . . He alone has power to place our feet in that path and to keep them there, and he alone has love for us what will never cease to prompt him to do for us all that is in His wisdom, power and love to do.”[3] This yielding allows the Holy Spirit to direct my path and my steps to do what is correct, therefore moving me closer and closer to God.

A. Living by Grace Above Sin’s Dominion

            In addition to the work of the Holy Spirit, Charles Swindoll provides three things that Christians can utilize in order to live by grace above sin’s dominion and on the quest for a life that is spiritual.[4] The first is “knowing.” This is a knowing what Christ has done for me. Knowing that He came to break the power of sin in my life is something I must realize when attempting to become spiritually mature. More specifically, I need to know this verse and memorize it: “We know that our old sinful selves were crucified with Christ so that sin might lose its power in our lives. . . And since we died with Christ, we know we will also live with him” (Rom 6:6,8, emphasis mine). I must know who Christ is and what He has done for me so that I can participate in what He has planned for me. The second thing I must do is “consider.” I must consider and ponder what it means to be dead to the power of sin and alive to God through Christ Jesus.  Paul writes in Romans that Christ died to break the power of sin, but now He lives for the glory of God. That is when Paul writes, “So you also should consider yourselves to be dead to the power of sin and alive to God through Christ Jesus” (Rom 6:11, emphasis mine). I must consider what Christ has done and I must live for the glory of God. The third thing I must do is “present.” Now that I know what Christ has done for me and I have considered what my responses should be, I am to present myself to God as holy. I am to stay away from evil actions, desires, and allowing my body to be used for evil. Instead, I am supposed to present myself to God holy and complete, always doing what is right for the glory of God. 

B. Spiritual Disciplines Help

            How do I become more and more like Christ and evolve into spiritual maturity? Spiritual disciplines are one of the ways. Why? Because spiritual disciplines are “something that sensitize us to God’s will.”[5] They help me to get in touch with God and how He feels. For example when fasting and experiencing the pain of hunger I cannot help but remember the pain Jesus and God must have felt as Jesus was crucified. When I am reminded of that pain, I cannot help but be motivated to attempt to live my life in a way that removes sin. This motivation helps me yield to the Holy Spirit so that He can guide me in life to become more spiritually mature.

C. Relationships Help

            Another way to move toward spiritual maturity for me is through relationships with others. This is seen in the fact that human beings are naturally relational in nature. God saw that it was not good that Adam was alone, so he made a helper that was just right for him.[6] From the very beginning God made humans in relationships with one another.[7] An example of this was when King David needed Nathan to help him live according to God’s will. Nathan confronted David and showed him his sin and how it was affecting his relationship with God. Furthermore, the book of Acts and the New Testament epistles are full of examples of people in relationship doing ministry together in an effort to serve others and help them become more spiritually mature. It is important to recognize that human beings are able to assist each other when they gather together and both attempt to live a Godly life. They will be able to pray for each other, encourage each other, discuss theology, share what they are each learning about God, and provide correction when one might need it. It is through relationships that I will be able to learn and grow toward spiritual maturity.

III. THE IMAGE OF GOD AND HOW I KNOW I AM SPIRITUALLY MATURE

            If I strive to become more spiritually mature and to be more like God, I need to know what God looks like: God’s image is primarily an image of holiness. [8] God’s glory is perfect, complete, whole, uncontradictory, and full. These are qualities that I will never be able to fully attain. So how do I know that I have at least begun to bear the image of God? I can do my best to walk in the direction that will lead me to become more like God, but because of my sin nature I know I will never perfectly get there. However, the practices I have outlined previously (some of which I have already begun to do) will slowly move me closer and closer to spiritual maturity. Even if I cannot become a perfect image bearer of God, I know that I have at least reached spiritual maturity when I am congruent with the nature and direction of God. I am mature when I am aligned with God’s purpose.[9] Knowing who made me and striving to be who He originally created me to be is summarized well this way: “Man is made in God’s image and reflects God’s glory” (1 Cor 11:7). I am on a quest for a life that is spiritual so that I may reflect God’s glory by bearing the image He made me in.


[1] Charles R. Swindoll, The Grace Awakening: Believing in Grace is One Thing. Living it is Another (Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, 1990) 8.           

[2] Victor Anderson, “Spiritual Life,” unpublished class notes for PM101 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Fall Semester, 2013).   

[3] Lewis Sperry Chafer, He That is Spiritual: A Classic Study of the Biblical Doctrine of Spirituality (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1918), 87.        

[4] Charles Swindoll, The Grace Awakening, 106-112.

[5] Victor Anderson, “Spiritual Life.”       

[6] Gen. 2:18

[7] I must admit that God probably did not make Eve so that she could “help” Adam become more like God or for him to become more spiritually mature. Eve was created before the fall, therefore there was no need for God to make Eve to help Adam become more spiritually mature or more like God. My purpose in using this Scripture reference is to show the necessity of humans being in relationship, not that Eve was created to help Adam become more God-like.

[8] Tim Ralston, “Spiritual Life,” unpublished class notes for PM101 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2006), 1.       

[9] Victor Anderson, “Spiritual Life.”

Filed Under: Bible Study Resources

A Review of “Surprised by the Voice of God” by Jack Deere

October 25, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

In his book, Surprised by the Voice of God, Jack Deere presents an important point: do not forget about the work of the Holy Spirit. Because many Christian churches and educational institutions decide to not be “charismatic” or “Pentecostal” and in the process neglect the work of the Holy Spirit,[1] Deere’s book is an attempt to reignite recognition of the work and activity of the Holy Spirit. Deere believes that evangelicals need to “hear the voice of God.” However, some people might disagree with Deere, stating that he provides too “charismatic” of an approach to Scripture or that he presents a model he believes everyone should follow. Thus, a close evangelical examination of Deere’s book is needed.

I. PROPHETS TODAY?

                  First, a look at what Deere means by “voice of God” and of “revelation” is needed. Deere defines revelation as “a secret God has made known. When God ‘reveals’ something, he is showing us something we could not know, or did not know, through natural means.”[2] Deere’s definition of revelation should be under the category of “special revelation” which “refers to God’s acts and objects of disclosure which are limited in space and time and are directed to various designated individuals.”[3] Why would Deere define revelation this way? Deere claims that the book of Acts is a model for what the life of a Christian should look like. The way the early apostles experienced the Holy Spirit in the first century church should be the same way that modern day Christians experience the Holy Spirit. According to Deere, modern Christians should regularly hear the revelatory “voice of God” in visions, dreams, words of knowledge, and miracles.[4] This view of revelation correlates closely to Avery Dulles’ model of Revelation as Inner Experience where he writes, “Revelation . . . comes directly to every individual.”[5] Deere emphasizes that because of the Holy Spirit, the “voice of God” is meant to be enjoyed and heard by all Christians who are willing to listen to His voice.[6] Taking this point further, Deere believes that the Holy Spirit started an “age of revelation” in which many people would be prophets.[7] This is contrary to the formal “office of the prophet” in the Old Testament where only a few people would be considered prophets.[8] Based on this Deere claims (and evangelicals might assume) that modern prophets are present and active in the world today. Furthermore, this writer contends that a prophet operating in today’s world must adhere to the same criteria discussed in both the Old and New Testaments.

II. DEERE’S ALTERATION OF THE TERM “PROPHET”

                  Deere makes a subtle but significant alteration to the criteria that defines what a “prophet” is. This small alteration is important to note because it is how he defines and attempts to justify his belief of modern day prophets. As many as four times (if not more), Deere states that a prophet in modern times should be evaluated by the fruit of his ministry, not his accuracy.[9] Here are a few examples of Deere’s claim: “Some people think one missed or failed prediction makes a person a false prophet. The Bible, though, doesn’t call someone a false prophet for simply missing a prediction. In the Scripture, false prophets are those who contradict the teaching and predictions of true prophets and attempt to lead people away from God and his Word.”[10] Deere affirms that “people frequently say that the major text of a prophet is whether or not his predictions come true” however Deere says he doesn’t “think this is necessarily the best test.”[11] Further clarifying his belief Deere explains, “I am not saying fulfillment is not a test of prophetic words. I am simply saying that is not necessarily the best test of whether or not the Lord has spoken these words.”[12]

                  In Deere’s argument, he points to Matthew 7:16, 18 as a text that shows in an authoritative way (as if Jesus’ words are more authoritative than other inspired Scripture) that the true measure of a prophet is his fruit. Here is the section Matt. 7:16, 18 is found in, quoted in whole in order to preserve accuracy.

“Beware of false prophets who come disguised as harmless sheep but are really vicious wolves. You can identify them by their fruit, that is, by the way they act. Can you pick grapes from thornbushes, or figs from thistles? A good tree produces good fruit, and a bad tree produces bad fruit. A good tree can’t produce bad fruit, and a bad tree can’t produce good fruit. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire. Yes, just as you can identify a tree by its fruit, you can identify people by their actions” (Matt. 7:15-20).

Based on this verse, Deere claims that the best way to evaluate a prophet or someone who has God’s word revealed to him on a regular basis is if he produces good fruit.[13] Fruit, according to Deere is any good effect among the believing community such as love, joy, peace, or patience.[14] However, there are important elements to look at related to Deere’s claim that you measure whether or not someone is a prophet because he or she is bearing good fruit.

III. THE OLD TESTAMENT VERSION OF A PROPHET

                  In order to accurately understand what the Old Testament biblical text says about prophets and to see what doctrine of the office of a prophet Deere is rejecting, an examination is needed. The reader with a biblical background and Christian theology might question Deere basing his belief off of one verse. In the book of Deuteronomy Moses provides a long discourse to the nation of Israel. Within this discourse is a description of a prophet and how the people will be able to judge whether someone is a true or false prophet. God declares through Moses declares, “If the prophet speaks in the Lord’s name but his prediction does not happen or come true, you will know that the LORD did not give that message. That prophet has spoken without my authority and need not be feared” (Deut. 18:22). Moses is telling the nation of Israel that the main way (and the only way) they are to tell whether future prophets are true or false is whether or not their predictions come true. Jeremiah, like Moses, also receives a similar word from God about the office of the prophet. God speaks through Jeremiah, “So a prophet who predicts peace must show he is right. Only when his predictions come true can we know that he is really from the LORD” (Jer. 28:9). Jeremiah continues Moses’ theme that you know if a prophet is a true prophet because his predictions come true by sharing the story of his cousin, Hanamel. Jeremiah shares,

“At that time, the LORD sent me a message. He said, ‘Your cousin Hanamel son of Shallum will come and say to you, “Buy my field at Anathoth. By law you have the right to buy it before it is offered to anyone else.”’ Then, just as the LORD had said he would, my cousin Hanamel came and visited me in the prison. He said, ‘Please buy my field at Anathoth in the land of Benjamin. By law you have the right to buy it before it is offered to anyone else, so buy it for yourself.’ Then I knew that the message I had heard was from the LORD” (Jer. 32:6-8).

The Old Testament clearly shows that the test of a prophet is whether or not his prophesies come true. This was declared by Moses in the Torah and affirmed and exampled by Jeremiah. Deere’s belief that a prophet is measured by the fruit of his prophesies and not by whether or not the prophesies come true clearly disagrees with the Old Testament Torah.

IV. FOUR REASONS TO RECONSIDER DEERE’S DEFINITION OF A PROPHET

                  There are four reasons that a biblically minded reader should examine Deere’s view of what a prophet is and how a prophet is distinguished. The first reason relates to the context of Jesus’ teaching from which Deere’ quotes his argument. Jesus never changed Scripture, He only elevated the Old Testament laws. An example of this is Matthew 7 which is part of Jesus’ well-known “Sermon on the Mount,” a long discourse to listeners in the area.[15] As already stated, Deere claims that Jesus’ statements in Matthew 7:16, 18 nullify the teaching in Deuteronomy 18. However, when reading Jesus’ words it is important to note that Jesus himself says in Matthew 5:17, “Don’t misunderstand why I have come. I did not come to abolish the law of Moses [of which is Deuteronomy 18] or the writings of the prophets [of which is Jeremiah]. No, I came to accomplish either purpose.”[16] With this statement Jesus is prefacing his Sermon on the Mount by saying that he came to fulfill what was written, not to get rid of it. In other words, Jesus is not delivering a new law, He is the Messianic interpreter showing the real intent of God’s Torah.[17] By his own words, Jesus is telling his readers that his teaching is supposed to reveal the true meaning of God’s word, not to change or nullify what has already been said.

                  The second reason to examine Deere’s belief in a prophet’s measurement by the fruit of his work is based on the idea that Matthew 7 seems to be dealing with how someone identifies people based on actions. This small passage is not exclusively teaching a new definition of how you judge whether someone is a true or false prophet. The passage emphasizes how to identify people and their character based on their actions. It is possible that the term prophet here is merely used as an example or illustration by Jesus. The possibility of this passage being about how to measure people based on their actions is also shown in how Jesus closes His section of teaching on this topic with the statement, “Yes, just as you can identify a tree by its fruit, so you can identify people by their actions” (Matt. 7:20). If this teaching was focused on how to judge a prophet it is plausible to expect Jesus to complete his section of teaching with the term prophet; however prophet is not used in Jesus’ summarization.

                  The third reason to examine Deere’s claim about what a prophet is stems from the fact that he violates the two tools used for constructing theology. The two tools every person must use in order to construct theology are the (1) the biblical message[18] and (2) the theological heritage of the church.[19] How Deere’s teaching contradicts the traditional office of the prophet in the Old Testament has already been displayed regarding the biblical message. Deere is also discounting the theological heritage of most evangelical churches, all orthodox churches, and all catholic churches. Any such claim that would discount an Old Testament doctrine and thousands of years of church history is going to need more than one cloudy contextual verse.

                  The fourth reason to examine Deere’s claim is the plausible origins of fruitful labor. Deere places a strong emphasis on the fact that a prophet is proven by the fruit. However, does not fruit also come from people’s statements that are not special revelation? If a prophet does make a prediction, and it causes people to do good, then is he a true prophet? For example, Ben Carson gave a well received speech in which he proclaimed that if America continued to place an increasing emphasis on sports, it would soon end up in despair like past powerful countries have (an example being Rome). If a hearer applies this to his life and it produces fruit in his life, is he a prophet? Ben Carson is a Christian, and he seeks to speak his voice to cause good in the world—to produce fruit—but does his statement make him a prophet merely because it caused fruit in someone’s life? Is anyone who produces good fruit a prophet?

V. DEERE’S CORRECT VIEW OF SCRIPTURE AS PROPOSITIONAL CONTENT

                   It is important to observe Deere’s view of Scripture and how he believes it plays a strong role in the life of a prophet or Christian. An important distinction in Deere’s argument must be shared: he believes “all private revelation in any form ought to be checked against the Scriptures.”[20] This is comforting for most evangelicals because God is not going to contradict Himself. If all private revelation must be checked against Scriptures, it is important that Christians are constantly in Scripture. Why? Because as Deere accurately explains, “Scripture has absolute authority over all believers, everywhere, at all times. Divine personal guidance has authority only over the person to whom it is given. And personal guidance is never given to us to control someone else.”[21] This distinction that Deere provides about the unique and heightened authority of Scripture is important because it means, according to Deere, that the personal revelation given to a “prophet” in today’s world is less authoritative than what the Bible teaches. Deere and Glenn Kreider agree that if the experience or private revelation that a person receives does not match Scripture, then the person should yield to the Bible.[22]

                  However, as Deere points out, this belief in the Bible’s authority must not go too far. Deere is correct in his description and labeling some Christians as “Bible Deists.” In fact, he even claims that he was a Bible Deist before converting to his belief that the book of Acts is a model to be followed by Christians. To be a Bible Deist is to look at the Bible and ignore the work of the Holy Spirit. A Bible Deist believes the Bible is the only revelation of God and thus ignores the “voice of God” and limits His divine authority. This means the Bible Deist might even substitute the Bible for God and preach the Bible more than God or Christ.[23] Besides the fact that being a Bible Deist places too much emphasis on the Bible and not enough on the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Bible Deism also places too much emphasis on the role of the person interpreting the Bible.[24] Plainly speaking, Bible Deism is wrong. Christians are not to be “Bible Deists” who depend solely and only on the word of God for guidance. It is important to realize that the Bible does contain answers to a large amount of questions Christians might have about life, but not every single question. In the Methodical Bible Study, Robert Traina explains to Bible interpreters that the Bible “is not an Encyclopedia Britannica in the field of religion. Its historical purpose is not to cover every possible problem which may arise. It contains some specific answers and many general principles.”[25] What a modern Christian needs is not just the Bible, but the Holy Spirit because He can illuminate the Bible’s teachings to His believers.

VI. NECESSARY ELEMENTS TO HEAR GOD’S VOICE

                  Deere admits what most evangelicals would admit when it comes to hearing God’s audible voice or discerning God’s will: it is laborious. Deere explains that for modern Christians to hear God’s voice they need to be completely available to Him. They need to be ready for Him to speak and they need to listen.[26] Sometimes God’s words of revelation are spontaneous and informal, thus the Christian seeking to follow God’s will—either by revelation from God or other more conservative evangelical means—needs to constantly be waiting for God to speak and be willing to follow what is said. This state of mind of willingness to obey is one of the main criteria of what God needs to see in order to speak to His people, according to Deere.[27]

                  Another element that Christians need to practice in their lives in order to hear God’s voice is the attitude of simply listening to him. Deere admits that this can take time and that it is hard work, but over time any Christian who consistently spends time in God’s word, practices humility, and seeks to hear God can and will hear God’s voice. If there are criteria that Deere says Christians need to have in order to correctly hear God’s voice, there are also things that Christians might do to push God away and prevent them from hearing his voice.

                  Conversely, the main thing that pushes God away from revealing His words to Christians, according to Deere, is pride. Deere explains it this way, “God is repulsed by pride, and you don’t normally talk to someone who repulses you.”[28] Deere continues by quoting Psalm 138:6, “Though the LORD is great, he cares for the humble, but he keeps his distance from the proud.” If one does adhere to Deere’s belief that God does speak in a revelatory way to Christians (or in a more conservative evangelical manner), Deere correctly points out that pride will keep God distant. Instead Christians need to maintain an attitude of humility toward God.

VII. DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN GOD’S VOICE AND A PROPHET’S INTERPRETATION

                  Deere states that the authority of the Bible is unique and primary while the revelation that Christians receive today is secondary. Because of this, Deere has to qualify and explain why prophets might be wrong and why their incorrect prophesies do not disqualify them for the title of prophet. Deere states that prophets must “distinguish between revelation, interpretation, and application.”[29] This distinction between revelation, interpretation, and application is how Deere justifies a prophet not being 100 percent accurate while at the same time still being a prophet. In this manner, Deere is able to say that if a modern day prophet received a word revealed from God, interprets it, applies it to someone, and then it does not come true, the error was on either the prophet’s interpretation or application. In other words, Deere believes that the revelation was true but the interpretation of it and the application of it could have been incorrect. The first element (revelation from God) is always correct while the second and third elements (interpretation and application) are susceptible to the human interpreter’s clouding of the prophesy.

                  Any Bible student recognizes the idea of interpretation of the Bible being a secondary revelation of God as a necessary element in Bible study. The primary revelation is the word of God, Scripture. The work of the Bible studier is to interpret the revealed word of God and try to discover the correct meaning of the biblical text. When looking at the biblical text as history, even the apostles did not put their own confidence in interpretation.[30] Deere says that the interpretations that Bible scholars make from the Bible do not give them power.[31] If these interpretations from the primary source of revelation of God, Scripture, are not worthy of significant confidence, there appears to be an error for anyone attempting to give legitimacy to the interpretation of God’s secondary revelation from God (as Deere claims revelation to modern day prophets is secondary to the Bible).

VIII. KEEPING THE CORRECT PERSPECTIVE OF DEERE’S ARGUMENTS

                  With this assessment of Deere’s view of revelation and prophesy in light of the Old Testament’s teaching on prophesy, it is important to note the perspective a reader must have of Deere’s arguments. Christian theology is “reflecting on and articulating the God-centered life and beliefs that Christians share as followers of Jesus Christ, and it is done that God might be glorified in all Christians are and do.”[32] Even though people might disagree with Deere and his position on the active role of the Holy Spirit today it is important to note that he does what he does and says what he says in order to bring glory to God. His book and advocacy for the presence of the Holy Spirit is done so that people will be drawn closer to God which matches the purpose of Christian theology to glorify God. Throughout Deere’s book he states that he—similar to modern evangelicals—believes that the Bible is the inerrant, infallible, revelation of God.[33] This, of course, is an essential evangelical doctrine on which many can agree with him. Furthermore, by the “fruit” of prophesy, Deere regularly points out the fact that these visions, dreams, words of knowledge, and miracles regularly can be used to bring people closer to God. Deere shares story after story that the fruit of the voice of God does bring people closer to Him. This “fruit” is an outcome that all evangelicals claim to be important and essential to living out the Christian faith in a modern world.

Bibliography

Deere, Jack. Surprised by the Voice of God: How God Speaks Today Through Prophesies, Dreams, and Visions. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1996. (please note that that link is an “affiliate link” in which Amazon pays me a small commission if you purchase the book using my link)

Dulles, Avery. Models of Revelation. Mary Knoll, NY: Orbis Books, 1983.

Grenz, Stanley J. and Roger E. Olson. Who Needs Theology? An Invitation to Study God. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1996.

Johnson, Luke T. The Writings of the New Testament: An Interpretation. Philadelphia, PA: Fortress, 1986.

Kreider, Glenn. “An Evangelical Doctrine of Revelation.” Unpublished class notes for ST 101. Dallas Theological Seminary, Summer Semester, 2004.

Kreider, Glenn. “Forms of Revelation in Scripture.” Unpublished class notes for ST 101. Dallas Theological Seminary. Summer Semester, 2004.

Traina, Robert. Methodical Bible Study. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1952.


[1] One should often be reminded that the Holy Spirit is one of three parts of the triune God. Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. Neither is more important than the other.

[2] Jack Deere, Surprised by the Voice of God: How God Speaks Today Through Prophesies, Dreams, and Visions (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1996), 57.

[3] Glenn Kreider, “An Evangelical Doctrine of Revelation,” unpublished class notes for ST101 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Summer Semester, 2004), 1.

[4] This author realizes that some of the elements listed here can be interchanged. For simplicity all of the ways Deere believes Christians should hear the voice of God have been listed in order to provide inclusion with the goal of not excluding anything.

[5] Avery Dulles, Models of Revelation (Mary Knoll, NY: Orbis Books, 1983), 75. For an entire chapter on this model see “Model Three: Revelation as Inner Experience” in Models of Revelation, 68-83.

[6] Deere, Surprised by the Voice, 5. Criteria for hearing the voice of God will be shared later in this paper.

[7] Ibid., 53.

[8] “The coming of the Holy Spirit inaugurated an age of revelation. Instead of having only a few prophets in each generation, now ‘your sons and daughters will prophesy.’ Visions and dreams were now normal for the people of God. There were no longer age, economic, or gender restrictions on the Holy Spirit’s revelatory ministry. He was to inspire both sons and daughters, along with male and female servants, to prophesy and to understand revelatory phenomena.” Ibid.

[9] Ibid., 68, 208, 325, 327.

[10] Ibid., 68.

[11] Ibid, 325.

[12] Ibid., 327.

[13] Of which this writer must admit that Deere presents plenty of stories to show good fruit being brought because of God’s words of revelation.

[14] Ibid., 327.

[15] Perhaps even more emphasis can be added to the fact that Jesus was fulfilling the law since Matthew was a Jew writing to the Jews.

[16] Other translations such as the New American Standard Bible have Jesus use the word “fulfill” in this way, “Do not think that I came to abolish the Law or the Prophets; I did not come to abolish but to fulfill” (Matt. 5:17).

[17] Luke T. Johnson, The Writings of the New Testament: An Interpretation (Philadelphia, PA: Fortress, 1986), 185. Johnson further explains, “The term ‘fulfill’ in this place also hears the sense of ‘reveal.’ By his teaching, Jesus will show the true and ‘full’ meaning of God’s torah. The proper understanding of ‘these commandments’ here is critical.’” Ibid., 187.

[18] Stanley J. Grenz and Roger E. Olson, Who Needs Theology? An Invitation to Study God (Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1996), 92-95.

[19] Ibid., 95-98.

[20] Deer, Surprised by the Voice, 323.

[21] Ibid., 284.

[22] Glenn Kreider, “Forms of Revelation in Scripture,” unpublished class notes for ST101 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Summer Semester, 2004), 5.

[23] Deere, Surprised by the Voice, 252.

[24] Ibid., 257.

[25] Robert Traina, Methodical Bible Study (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1952),180.

[26] Deere, Surprised by the Voice, 310.

[27] Ibid., 314.

[28] Ibid., 243.

[29] Ibid., 191-193.

[30] Ibid., 120.

[31] Ibid., 124.

[32] Grenz and Olson, Who Needs Theology?, 69.

[33] Deere, Surprised by the Voice, 193.

Please note that any links to Amazon are “affiliate links” in which Amazon pays me a small commission if you purchase the book using my link.

Filed Under: Book Reviews

A Biblical Philosophy of Leadership

October 24, 2025 by Christopher L. Scott

What does the Bible say about leadership? The Bible can be used as a textbook for leadership because it can be seen as a history of God raising those who led his people according to his will.[1] This paper will explain the biblical history of three leaders and their unique characteristics that reflect a biblical philosophy of leadership.

I. JOSHUA’S EXAMPLE OF GROWTH IN GOD’S WORD

The example of Joshua displays the growth of a leader in God’s Word. That growth started in the book of Deuteronomy. Addressing the nation of Israel Moses declared,

“Listen, O Israel! The Lord is our God, the Lord alone. And you must love the Lord your God with all your heart, all your soul, and all your strength. And you must commit yourselves wholeheartedly to these commands that I am giving you today. Repeat them again and again to your children. Talk about them when you are at home and when you are on the road, when you are going to bed and when you are getting up. Tie them to your hands and wear them on your forehead as reminders. Write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates” (Deuteronomy 6:4–9, New Living Translation).

The book of Deuteronomy is characterized by this statement by Moses known as the “Shema” which is named after the Hebrew word שָׁמַע for “hear” in verse 4. In addition to the Shema there are eight other passages in Deuteronomy affirming a similar message of whole hearted devotion to grow in God’s Word.[2] The Shema is seen as the fundamental dogma of the Old Testament and was identified by Christ in Mark 12:29-30 as the most important of all of the commandments.[3] The importance of the Shema for the Israelites was that they were to love their God with their whole being (intellect, emotions, will, etc.).

Joshua, as Moses’ assistant (Joshua 1:1) and servant of the Lord (24:29) was given the task of leading the Israelites into the Promised Land and was entrusted to lead Israel in obedience and growth in God’s Word.[4] Joshua, as Israel’s new leader, highlighted God’s call for Israel to be God’s holy Word.[5] Joshua emphasized and encouraged the people of Israel to keep growing in the Word of God in several ways. Among his first words to Israel as its new leader Joshua said, “Be careful to obey all the instructions Moses gave you. Do not deviate from them, turning either to the right or to the left” (Joshua 1:7). He continued, “Study this book of instruction continually. Meditate on it day and night so you will be sure to obey everything written in it” (Joshua 1:8). These introductory remarks from Joshua are the first of what he would restate three more times throughout his time as Israel’s leader (12:32; 22:5; 23:6). In this way, Joshua was commanding the people of Israel to grow in the Word of God and to become more and more holy to God.

With Joshua’s example of a Godly leader growing in God’s word and encouraging others to grow it is clear that a requirement for a leader is a passion for God and his Word. In his book, Spiritual Leadership, J. Oswald Sanders states, “Spiritual leaders of every generation will have a consuming passion to know the Word of God through diligent study and the illumination of the Holy Spirit.”[6] Sanders continues, “The leader who intends to grow spiritually and intellectually will be reading constantly.”[7] Just as Joshua encouraged the people he led to “be very careful to follow everything Moses wrote in the Book of Instruction” (Joshua 23:6) so also must God’s leaders of today. Living out Joshua’s statement means that reading is required of the leaders God choses. Reading the Scriptures in order to grow is what Paul encouraged Timothy to do when he wrote, “Until I get there, focus on reading the Scriptures to the church, encouraging the believers, and teaching them” (1 Timothy 4:13). This reading of the Scriptures refers to the public reading of the Old Testament.[8] The same Book of Instruction introduced by Moses and implemented by Joshua was still being read and followed more than 1,400 years later. The concept of daily devotion to the Word of God as a way to mold and grow a leader is essential. With technology the method of growth can look very different for each leader based on his preference, but the thing that must not be different in a leader’s devotion to God’s Word.

II. NEHEMIAH’S EXAMPLE OF PERSISTENCE IN THE DIRECTION OF GOD’S GOALS

Nehemiah, a leader living in the fourth and fifth centuries B.C., received a vision from God but also encountered opposition when attempting to implement that vision. In his time the walls and gates of Jerusalem needed to be rebuilt because the people of the city needed security against their enemies[9] as well as a method to keep the Jews as a separate and holy people from foreigners. Both of these were critical problems to the Jewish population,[10] and Nehemiah needed to be persistent to overcome them.

The first sign of Nehemiah’s persistence was that he was prepared. When the king asked Nehemiah why he looked sad and what was wrong with him, Nehemiah was prepared for the opportunity to do something. He replied, “How can I not be sad? For the city where my ancestors are buried is in ruins, and the gates have been destroyed by fire” (Neh 2:3). When the king offered to help, Nehemiah was prepared with his proposition about what he could do to help his ancestors saying, “If it please the king, and if you are pleased with me, your servant, send me to Judah to rebuild the city where my ancestors are buried” (Neh 2:5). Based on Nehemiah’s responses to the king it is clear that Nehemiah had prepared himself well. He asked for a specific amount of time to complete the project (Neh 2:7), authorization for passage to Judah (Neh 2:7), and for the materials he needed (Neh 2:8).[11]

After Nehemiah had completed half of the walls’ height all the way around the city of Jerusalem, Nehemiah 4:7-8 tells of how Sanballat, Tobiah, the Arabs, Ammonites, and Ashdoites all made plans to fight Nehemiah and his people. Nehemiah showed persistence toward the vision God gave him by praying: “But we prayed to our God and he guarded the city day and night to protect ourselves” (4:9). As if this was not enough trouble for Nehemiah, opposition to God’s work arose from within the people Nehemiah was working with (Neh 4:10), his enemies continued to plot against him (Neh 4:11), and as a result the Jews working on the wall became greatly afraid (Neh 4:12). However, Nehemiah responded in a way that showed how persistent he was in attempting to complete the work God led him to do. He acted by placing guards to protect the people (Neh 4:13), and he spoke with conviction about continuing the work (Neh 4:14). In light of these events in Nehemiah’s story it is clear that he squarely faced opposition regardless of it was from the people working with him or from an outside enemy.[12]

Yet again, opposition occurred from the local people who were loaning money to the Jews working with Nehemiah (Neh 5:1-5). What was being done to people rebuilding the walls was a violation of the Law of Moses in Deuteronomy 15:1-18; 24:10-13 (the same law Joshua worked so hard to implement and regularly encouraged the Israelites to obey). Nehemiah stood strong against the people taking advantage of his workers. He stated that what they were doing was not right and that they should stop (Neh 5:7-11). In this circumstance Nehemiah displayed courage which is a requirement for a leader who has persistence. Courage is defined as “that quality of mind that enables people to encounter danger or difficulty firmly, without fear of discouragement.”[13] Tremendous courage was required by Nehemiah to stand in opposition to his enemies in order to persist toward God’s goal. When persisting towards a goal a courageous leader must face unpleasant and difficult situations with composure. Then, he must act decisively even if the action is unpopular.[14] A leader must rest assured that his work is to and for God, for he is working toward the goal God has given him.

The strongest opposition against Nehemiah and his work involved threats to his life. Nehemiah’s enemies, Sanballat and Geshem, found out Nehemiah’s work was almost complete, so they sent threatening letters to him. Nehemiah resolutely replied, “I am engaged in a great work, so I can’t come. Why should I stop working to come and meet with you?” (Neh 6:3) as well as “There is no truth in any part of your story. You are making up the whole thing” (Neh 6:8). Nehemiah finally concluded that, “I continued to work with even greater determination” (Neh 6:9). Nothing could stop him from doing the work God had directed him to do.

Only a short time later Nehemiah encountered opposition that would test his persistence in reaching the goal God had given him. Someone falsely claimed to have received a word from God and told Nehemiah he should hide in the temple. Nehemiah’s response shows his persistence toward the goal when he said, “Should someone in my position run from dangers? Should someone in my position enter the temple to save his life? No, I won’t do it! (Neh 6:11). Nehemiah knew that hiding in the temple would greatly discredit him (Neh 6:13), so he stayed outside knowing the he must ensure that the work continued.

With the walls and gates of the city of Jerusalem finished, Nehemiah again encountered opposition to his overall mission of keeping the people of Jerusalem as a holy and separate people. Because Nehemiah was focused on restoring religious practices and a holy  community of people, he continued to persist towards God’s goal, even after the walls and gates were rebuilt. However, Nehemiah learned about four evils (Neh 13:4-5, 10-11, 15, 23-24) that were preventing the Jews from remaining a separate and holy people. These evils led Nehemiah to purify and reform what the people were doing. More than 12 years had passed since Nehemiah’s work to rebuild the walls and gates (Neh 2:1 and 13:6), yet he was still persisting toward God’s goal of having the people be a holy community distinct from foreigners and devoted to God (Neh 13:30-31). This segment of Nehemiah’s leadership shows the patience he had. How does a leader display patience with the people he leads? He does this by not getting too far ahead of the people he leads because it discourages them. He must stay close enough to them that they can see him and hear his call forward.[15] Leadership requires patient persistence because it is the process of guiding people through challenges, transition, recovery, and new beginnings.[16]

Nehemiah has shown the requirement that a biblical leader be persistent. Similarly, Howard Hendricks described leaders as being focused like a laser beam, obsessed in their work, and having meaning with mission.[17] This was Nehemiah. He was focused like a laser beam, obsessed with getting the walls and gates rebuilt, and had meaning in his mission which God had led him to do.

III. JESUS’ EXAMPLE OF SERVANT LEADERSHIP

Among the many examples of servant leadership in the Bible Jesus provided the most vivid picture of what servant leadership should look like. Within the framework of Luke’s gospel the message of servant leadership is provided. Luke’s thinking in his Gospel is very God-centered[18] with a strong theological emphasis on the poor, tax collectors, sinners, Samaritans, Gentiles, women, and outcasts.[19]

When some of the disciples had been arguing about which of them was the greatest (Luke 22:24) Jesus decided that it was time to teach one more lesson to he beloved disciples. He told them,

“In this world the kings and great men lord it over their people, yet they are called ‘friends of the people.’ But among you it will be different. Those who are the greatest among you should take the lowest rank, and the leader should be like a servant. Who is more important, the one who sits at the table or the one who serves? The one who sits at the table, of course. But not here! For I am among you as one who serves” (Luke 22:25–27).

In this passage Jesus provided a description of what worldly leadership, is and what godly leadership is. In order to appropriately understand godly leadership, worldly leadership must be defined because they are sharply contrasted.

The New Living Translation uses the words “kings” and “great men” in verse 25 to describe the worldly leadership of Jesus’ culture. In this way Jesus reminded his disciples of two objectionable characteristics of the secular rules of his time: 1) lording power over others and 2) receiving the title of “benefactor.”[20] Jesus had to combat the aggressive and competitive nature of the disciples which showed them to be very selfish. When describing modern day leadership in his book, LeadershipNext, Eddie Gibbs writes, “Some individuals aspire to leadership out of a sense of adventure, while others do so for the satisfaction of being recognized and followed. For still others, being a leader strokes their ego. They imagine the power and privilege that a position of leadership brings.”[21] Like Jesus, Gibbs describes the same type of worldly leadership style that seeks self-preservation and self-escalation of power. When looking at Jesus’ description of servant leadership a very different picture emerges because he saw leadership as service and sacrifice.[22]

Jesus stated that, “Those who are the greatest among you should take the lowest rank, and the leader should be like a servant” (Luke 22:26). This verse shows that greatness in God’s kingdom is contrary to the world’s values because it involves serving rather than being served.[23] Self-serving action has no place in Jesus’ kingdom[24] because according to Jesus, the one who is truly the greatest is the one who serves.[25] Why? Jesus came to serve others by pouring out his blood as a sacrifice for those he loved. When pointing to this passage as the ideal passage for servant leadership, Andrew Seidel states that servant leadership is not motivated by personal power or gain but by the fulfillment of God’s purpose for both the organization and people in that organization.[26]

With his statement, “For I am among you as the one who serves” (Luke 22:27), Jesus wanted to place a spirit of servanthood on his disciples.[27] In that spirit of servanthood J. Oswald Sanders lists several qualities of our Lord that should also be embodied in servant leaders today:

  1. Dependence: Just as Jesus surrendered everything for his people a current leader also should “empty” himself;
  2. Modesty: A servant of God conducts a ministry that might appear self-effacing;
  3. Empathy: Jesus was sympathetic with the weak and merciful to those who err;
  4. Optimism: An essential quality for a leader in order to battle darkness; and
  5. Anointing: As the Holy Spirit came and rested on Jesus he will also rest on his leader.[28]

What does servant leadership look like in the 21st century? First, a servant leader is to be self-sacrificing rather than self-seeking, active and not passive. Second, he leads with the influence of example and relationship, not from position and pressure. Third, he exercises authority when necessary for progress toward the mission and not for personal gain. Fourth, he leads by personally being involved in caring for people and their needs, not demanding that his own needs are met. Finally, a servant leader gives direction, equips others for work, and uses his character and gifts for God’s Kingdom.[29]

IV. MY PLAN TO BE A BIBLICAL LEADER

A biblical philosophy of leadership consists of (but is not limited to) growth in God’s Word, persistence in the direction of God’s goals, and servant leadership. Thankfully, through the examples of Joshua, Nehemiah, and Jesus, there are patterns and paths I can follow to become a godly leader. I plan to continue reading four chapters of God’s Word every day, persisting towards God’s goal of a Master of Arts in Christian Leadership degree, and serving others for their benefit as a leader. With these three practices I hope that like Joshua, Nehemiah, and Jesus, I too can become a godly leader.

Bibliography

Arnold, Bill and H. G. M. Williamson. Dictionary of the Old Testament: Historical Books. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2005.

Coleson, Joseph. “Joshua,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary. Vol. 3, ed. Philip Comfort .Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale, 2012.

Gibbs, Eddie. LeadershipNext: Changing Leaders in a Changing Culture. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2005.

Hendricks, Howard. “Ten Common Factors in Leadership.” Unpublished class notes for SL305. Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2014.

Howard, David. An Introduction to the Old Testament Historical Books. Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 1993.

Kouzes, James and Barry Posner. The Truth About Leadership: The No-Fads, Heart-of-the-Matter Facts You Need to Know. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 2010.

Longman, Tremper, III, and David E. Garland, eds. The Expositor’s Bible Commentary: Luke–Acts (Revised Edition). Vol. 10. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2007.

Sanders, J. Oswald. Spiritual Leadership: Principles of Excellence for Every Believer. Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 2007.

Seidel, Andrew. “Identity and Leadership.” Unpublished class notes for SL305. Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2014.

Seidel, Andrew. Charting a Bold Course: Training Leaders for the 21st Century. Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 2003.

Smith, Gary. “Ezra-Nehemiah, Esther,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, ed. Philip Comfort. Vol. 5b. Carole Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2010.

Stein, Robert H. “Luke,” Vol. 24 in The New American Commentary. Nashville, TN: Broadman & Holman Publishers, 1992.

Trites, Allison. “The Gospel of Luke, Acts,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, ed. Philip Comfort. Vol. 12. Carole Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2006.

Wolf, Herbert An Introduction to the Old Testament: Pentateuch. Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 1991.


[1] Andrew Seidel, Charting a Bold Course: Training Leaders for the 21st Century (Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 2003), 25.

[2] See Deuteronomy 4:29; 10:12; 11:13; 13:3; 26:16; 30:2, 6, 10. Herbert Wolf, An Introduction to the Old Testament: Pentateuch (Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 1991), 256.

[3] Wolf, Introduction to the Old Testament: Pentateuch, 256.

[4] David Howard, An Introduction to the Old Testament Historical Books, (Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 1993), 67.

[5] Joseph Coleson, “Joshua,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, vol. 3, ed. Philip Comfort (Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale, 2012), 18.

[6] J. Oswald Sanders, Spiritual Leadership: Principles of Excellence for Every Believer (Chicago, IL: Moody Publishers, 2007), 102.

[7] Ibid.

[8] Ibid., 101.

[9] Howard, Intro to Historical Books, 332.

[10] Gary Smith, “Ezra-Nehemiah, Esther,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, ed. Philip Comfort, vol. 5b, (Carole Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2010), 9.

[11] Howard,  Intro to Historical Books, 340.

[12] Bill Arnold and H. G. M. Williamson, Dictionary of the Old Testament: Historical Books (Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2005), 722.

[13] Sanders, Spiritual Leadership, 60.

[14] Ibid., 62.

[15] Sanders, Spiritual Leadership, 69.

[16] James Kouzes and Barry Posner, The Truth About Leadership: The No-Fads, Heart-of-the-Matter Facts You Need to Know (San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 2010), 93.

[17] Howard Hendricks, “Ten Common Factors in Leadership,” unpublished class notes for SL305 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2014).

[18] Allison Trites, “The Gospel of Luke, Acts,” in Cornerstone Biblical Commentary, ed. Philip Comfort, vol. 12, (Carole Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2006), 14.

[19] Stein, Robert H. “Luke,” vol. 24 in The New American Commentary (Nashville, TN: Broadman & Holman Publishers, 1992), 49-50.

[20] Longman, Tremper, III, and David E. Garland, eds. The Expositor’s Bible Commentary: Luke–Acts (Revised Edition). Vol. 10. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2007, 316.

[21] Eddie Gibbs, LeadershipNext: Changing Leaders in a Changing Culture, Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2005), 179.

[22] Ibid., 179.

[23] Stein, Luke, 550.

[24] Trites, “The Gospel of Luke,” 290.

[25] Longman and Garland, Expositor’s Bible Commentary: Luke-Acts, 316.

[26] Andrew Seidel, “Identity and Leadership,” unpublished class notes for SL305 (Dallas Theological Seminary, Spring Semester, 2014).

[27] Sanders, Spiritual Leadership, 24.

[28] Ibid., 24-25.

[29] Seidel, Charting a Bold Course, 34.

Filed Under: Church Pastor and Leader Advice

  • « Go to Previous Page
  • Go to page 1
  • Go to page 2
  • Go to page 3
  • Go to page 4
  • Go to page 5
  • Go to Next Page »

Copyright © 2026 · Christopher L. Scott · 810 S. Evergreen Dr., Moses Lake, WA 98837